RPCS3/llvm-mirror
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/RPCS3/llvm-mirror.git synced 2024-11-01 16:33:37 +01:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
18e334195d
llvm-mirror/lib/Transforms/Scalar/InstructionCombining.cpp
Chris Lattner 587962c667 Remove isPod() from DenseMapInfo, splitting it out to its own 
isPodLike type trait.  This is a generally useful type trait for
more than just DenseMap, and we really care about whether something
acts like a pod, not whether it really is a pod.

llvm-svn: 91421
2009-12-15 07:26:43 +00:00

13486 lines
536 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
//
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
// algebraic simplification happens.
//
// This pass combines things like:
// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
// into:
// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
//
// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
//
// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
// the program:
// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
// shifts.
// ... etc.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
#include "llvm/Operator.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
#include "llvm/Support/IRBuilder.h"
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
#include "llvm/Support/TargetFolder.h"
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <climits>
using namespace llvm;
using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
STATISTIC(NumDeadStore, "Number of dead stores eliminated");
STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
namespace {
/// InstCombineWorklist - This is the worklist management logic for
/// InstCombine.
class InstCombineWorklist {
SmallVector<Instruction*, 256> Worklist;
DenseMap<Instruction*, unsigned> WorklistMap;
void operator=(const InstCombineWorklist&RHS); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
InstCombineWorklist(const InstCombineWorklist&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
public:
InstCombineWorklist() {}
bool isEmpty() const { return Worklist.empty(); }
/// Add - Add the specified instruction to the worklist if it isn't already
/// in it.
void Add(Instruction *I) {
if (WorklistMap.insert(std::make_pair(I, Worklist.size())).second) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ADD: " << *I << '\n');
Worklist.push_back(I);
}
}
void AddValue(Value *V) {
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
Add(I);
}
/// AddInitialGroup - Add the specified batch of stuff in reverse order.
/// which should only be done when the worklist is empty and when the group
/// has no duplicates.
void AddInitialGroup(Instruction *const *List, unsigned NumEntries) {
assert(Worklist.empty() && "Worklist must be empty to add initial group");
Worklist.reserve(NumEntries+16);
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ADDING: " << NumEntries << " instrs to worklist\n");
for (; NumEntries; --NumEntries) {
Instruction *I = List[NumEntries-1];
WorklistMap.insert(std::make_pair(I, Worklist.size()));
Worklist.push_back(I);
}
}
// Remove - remove I from the worklist if it exists.
void Remove(Instruction *I) {
DenseMap<Instruction*, unsigned>::iterator It = WorklistMap.find(I);
if (It == WorklistMap.end()) return; // Not in worklist.
// Don't bother moving everything down, just null out the slot.
Worklist[It->second] = 0;
WorklistMap.erase(It);
}
Instruction *RemoveOne() {
Instruction *I = Worklist.back();
Worklist.pop_back();
WorklistMap.erase(I);
return I;
}
/// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
/// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
/// now.
///
void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
UI != UE; ++UI)
Add(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
}
/// Zap - check that the worklist is empty and nuke the backing store for
/// the map if it is large.
void Zap() {
assert(WorklistMap.empty() && "Worklist empty, but map not?");
// Do an explicit clear, this shrinks the map if needed.
WorklistMap.clear();
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace.
namespace {
/// InstCombineIRInserter - This is an IRBuilder insertion helper that works
/// just like the normal insertion helper, but also adds any new instructions
/// to the instcombine worklist.
class InstCombineIRInserter : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter<true> {
InstCombineWorklist &Worklist;
public:
InstCombineIRInserter(InstCombineWorklist &WL) : Worklist(WL) {}
void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name,
BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
IRBuilderDefaultInserter<true>::InsertHelper(I, Name, BB, InsertPt);
Worklist.Add(I);
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace
namespace {
class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
TargetData *TD;
bool MustPreserveLCSSA;
bool MadeIRChange;
public:
/// Worklist - All of the instructions that need to be simplified.
InstCombineWorklist Worklist;
/// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
/// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
typedef IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder, InstCombineIRInserter> BuilderTy;
BuilderTy *Builder;
static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
InstCombiner() : FunctionPass(&ID), TD(0), Builder(0) {}
LLVMContext *Context;
LLVMContext *getContext() const { return Context; }
public:
virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
bool DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned ItNum);
virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID);
AU.setPreservesCFG();
}
TargetData *getTargetData() const { return TD; }
// Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
// instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
// Return Value:
// null - No change was made
// I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
// otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
//
Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
Value *OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const Type *Ty);
Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitURem(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I);
bool SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *FoldAndOfICmps(Instruction &I, ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS);
Instruction *FoldAndOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS);
Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *FoldOrOfICmps(Instruction &I, ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS);
Instruction *FoldOrOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS);
Instruction *FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op,
Value *A, Value *B, Value *C);
Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitShl(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I, Instruction *LHSI,
Constant *RHSC);
Instruction *visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I);
Instruction *visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I);
Instruction *visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI);
Instruction *visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI,
Instruction *LHS,
ConstantInt *RHS);
Instruction *FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI,
ConstantInt *DivRHS);
Instruction *FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond, Instruction &I);
Instruction *FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
BinaryOperator &I);
Instruction *commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *commonPointerCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI);
Instruction *visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI);
Instruction *visitSExt(SExtInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPTrunc(FPTruncInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPExt(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI);
Instruction *visitFPToSI(FPToSIInst &FI);
Instruction *visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI);
Instruction *visitPtrToInt(PtrToIntInst &CI);
Instruction *visitIntToPtr(IntToPtrInst &CI);
Instruction *visitBitCast(BitCastInst &CI);
Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
Instruction *FI);
Instruction *FoldSelectIntoOp(SelectInst &SI, Value*, Value*);
Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI);
Instruction *visitSelectInstWithICmp(SelectInst &SI, ICmpInst *ICI);
Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Instruction *SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Instruction *visitAllocaInst(AllocaInst &AI);
Instruction *visitFree(Instruction &FI);
Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Instruction *visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE);
Instruction *visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI);
Instruction *visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI);
Instruction *visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV);
// visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
private:
Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
Instruction *transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS);
Instruction *transformZExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI,
bool DoXform = true);
bool WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS);
DbgDeclareInst *hasOneUsePlusDeclare(Value *V);
public:
// InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
// in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
//
Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
"New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
Worklist.Add(New);
return New;
}
// ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
// found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
// we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
// value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
// modified.
//
Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist.
// If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
// segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
if (&I == V)
V = UndefValue::get(I.getType());
I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
return &I;
}
// EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
// effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
// instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
// this function.
Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ERASE " << I << '\n');
assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
// Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
// use counts.
if (I.getNumOperands() < 8) {
for (User::op_iterator i = I.op_begin(), e = I.op_end(); i != e; ++i)
if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*i))
Worklist.Add(Op);
}
Worklist.Remove(&I);
I.eraseFromParent();
MadeIRChange = true;
return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
}
void ComputeMaskedBits(Value *V, const APInt &Mask, APInt &KnownZero,
APInt &KnownOne, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD, Depth);
}
bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, const APInt &Mask,
unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::MaskedValueIsZero(V, Mask, TD, Depth);
}
unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(Value *Op, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
return llvm::ComputeNumSignBits(Op, TD, Depth);
}
private:
/// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for
/// commutative operators.
bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
/// SimplifyDemandedUseBits - Attempts to replace V with a simpler value
/// based on the demanded bits.
Value *SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt& KnownZero, APInt& KnownOne,
unsigned Depth);
bool SimplifyDemandedBits(Use &U, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt& KnownZero, APInt& KnownOne,
unsigned Depth=0);
/// SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits - Inst is an integer instruction that
/// SimplifyDemandedBits knows about. See if the instruction has any
/// properties that allow us to simplify its operands.
bool SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(Instruction &Inst);
Value *SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts,
APInt& UndefElts, unsigned Depth = 0);
// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select
// which has a PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction
// into the PHI (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are
// constants).
//
// If AllowAggressive is true, FoldOpIntoPhi will allow certain transforms
// that would normally be unprofitable because they strongly encourage jump
// threading.
Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I, bool AllowAggressive = false);
// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantInt *OpRHS,
ConstantInt *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Value *FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, ConstantInt *Mask,
bool isSub, Instruction &I);
Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
bool isSigned, bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Instruction *PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI, AllocaInst &AI);
Instruction *MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I);
bool SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI);
Instruction *SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI);
Instruction *SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI);
Value *EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty, bool isSigned);
bool CanEvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
unsigned CastOpc, int &NumCastsRemoved);
unsigned GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned PrefAlign = 0);
};
} // end anonymous namespace
char InstCombiner::ID = 0;
static RegisterPass<InstCombiner>
X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) ||
BinaryOperator::isFNeg(V) ||
BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
return 3;
return 4;
}
if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
}
// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
// it.
static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
}
// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
// though a va_arg area...
static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32)
return Type::getInt32Ty(Ty->getContext());
}
return Ty;
}
/// ShouldChangeType - Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation
/// from 'From' to 'To'. We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal
/// type for example, or from a smaller to a larger illegal type.
static bool ShouldChangeType(const Type *From, const Type *To,
const TargetData *TD) {
assert(isa<IntegerType>(From) && isa<IntegerType>(To));
// If we don't have TD, we don't know if the source/dest are legal.
if (!TD) return false;
unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
bool FromLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(FromWidth);
bool ToLegal = TD->isLegalInteger(ToWidth);
// If this is a legal integer from type, and the result would be an illegal
// type, don't do the transformation.
if (FromLegal && !ToLegal)
return false;
// Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We
// do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160.
if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth)
return false;
return true;
}
/// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst, a constant
/// expression bitcast, or a GetElementPtrInst with all zero indices, return the
/// operand value, otherwise return null.
static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) {
if (Operator *O = dyn_cast<Operator>(V)) {
if (O->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
return O->getOperand(0);
if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(V))
if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
return GEP->getPointerOperand();
}
return 0;
}
/// This function is a wrapper around CastInst::isEliminableCastPair. It
/// simply extracts arguments and returns what that function returns.
static Instruction::CastOps
isEliminableCastPair(
const CastInst *CI, ///< The first cast instruction
unsigned opcode, ///< The opcode of the second cast instruction
const Type *DstTy, ///< The target type for the second cast instruction
TargetData *TD ///< The target data for pointer size
) {
const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType(); // A from above
const Type *MidTy = CI->getType(); // B from above
// Get the opcodes of the two Cast instructions
Instruction::CastOps firstOp = Instruction::CastOps(CI->getOpcode());
Instruction::CastOps secondOp = Instruction::CastOps(opcode);
unsigned Res = CastInst::isEliminableCastPair(firstOp, secondOp, SrcTy, MidTy,
DstTy,
TD ? TD->getIntPtrType(CI->getContext()) : 0);
// We don't want to form an inttoptr or ptrtoint that converts to an integer
// type that differs from the pointer size.
if ((Res == Instruction::IntToPtr &&
(!TD || SrcTy != TD->getIntPtrType(CI->getContext()))) ||
(Res == Instruction::PtrToInt &&
(!TD || DstTy != TD->getIntPtrType(CI->getContext()))))
Res = 0;
return Instruction::CastOps(Res);
}
/// ValueRequiresCast - Return true if the cast from "V to Ty" actually results
/// in any code being generated. It does not require codegen if V is simple
/// enough or if the cast can be folded into other casts.
static bool ValueRequiresCast(Instruction::CastOps opcode, const Value *V,
const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
// If this is another cast that can be eliminated, it isn't codegen either.
if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
if (isEliminableCastPair(CI, opcode, Ty, TD))
return false;
return true;
}
// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
// operators:
//
// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
// binary operators.
//
// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
//
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = false;
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
Changed = !I.swapOperands();
if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
return true;
} else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
// Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
Op1->getOperand(0),
Op1->getName(), &I);
Worklist.Add(New);
I.setOperand(0, New);
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
return true;
}
}
return Changed;
}
// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
//
static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
// Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isInteger())
return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
return 0;
}
// dyn_castFNegVal - Given a 'fsub' instruction, return the RHS of the
// instruction if the LHS is a constant negative zero (which is the 'negate'
// form).
//
static inline Value *dyn_castFNegVal(Value *V) {
if (BinaryOperator::isFNeg(V))
return BinaryOperator::getFNegArgument(V);
// Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
if (ConstantFP *C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isFloatingPoint())
return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C);
return 0;
}
/// isFreeToInvert - Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply
/// ~ to). This happens in cases where the ~ can be eliminated.
static inline bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V) {
// ~(~(X)) -> X.
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
return true;
// Constants can be considered to be not'ed values.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(V))
return true;
// Compares can be inverted if they have a single use.
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V))
return CI->hasOneUse();
return false;
}
static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
// If this is not(not(x)) don't return that this is a not: we want the two
// not's to be folded first.
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V)) {
Value *Operand = BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
if (!isFreeToInvert(Operand))
return Operand;
}
// Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
return ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), ~C->getValue());
return 0;
}
// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
// Otherwise, return null.
//
static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
return I->getOperand(0);
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
// The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth();
uint32_t CSTVal = CST->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
CST = ConstantInt::get(V->getType()->getContext(),
APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(CSTVal));
return I->getOperand(0);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// AddOne - Add one to a ConstantInt
static Constant *AddOne(Constant *C) {
return ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1));
}
/// SubOne - Subtract one from a ConstantInt
static Constant *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
return ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1));
}
/// MultiplyOverflows - True if the multiply can not be expressed in an int
/// this size.
static bool MultiplyOverflows(ConstantInt *C1, ConstantInt *C2, bool sign) {
uint32_t W = C1->getBitWidth();
APInt LHSExt = C1->getValue(), RHSExt = C2->getValue();
if (sign) {
LHSExt.sext(W * 2);
RHSExt.sext(W * 2);
} else {
LHSExt.zext(W * 2);
RHSExt.zext(W * 2);
}
APInt MulExt = LHSExt * RHSExt;
if (sign) {
APInt Min = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W).sext(W * 2);
APInt Max = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(W).sext(W * 2);
return MulExt.slt(Min) || MulExt.sgt(Max);
} else
return MulExt.ugt(APInt::getLowBitsSet(W * 2, W));
}
/// ShrinkDemandedConstant - Check to see if the specified operand of the
/// specified instruction is a constant integer. If so, check to see if there
/// are any bits set in the constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the
/// constant and return true.
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo,
APInt Demanded) {
assert(I && "No instruction?");
assert(OpNo < I->getNumOperands() && "Operand index too large");
// If the operand is not a constant integer, nothing to do.
ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(OpNo));
if (!OpC) return false;
// If there are no bits set that aren't demanded, nothing to do.
Demanded.zextOrTrunc(OpC->getValue().getBitWidth());
if ((~Demanded & OpC->getValue()) == 0)
return false;
// This instruction is producing bits that are not demanded. Shrink the RHS.
Demanded &= OpC->getValue();
I->setOperand(OpNo, ConstantInt::get(OpC->getType(), Demanded));
return true;
}
// ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given a signed integer type and a
// set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
// min/max.
static void ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const APInt& KnownZero,
const APInt& KnownOne,
APInt& Min, APInt& Max) {
assert(KnownZero.getBitWidth() == KnownOne.getBitWidth() &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == Min.getBitWidth() &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == Max.getBitWidth() &&
"KnownZero, KnownOne and Min, Max must have equal bitwidth.");
APInt UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne);
// The minimum value is when all unknown bits are zeros, EXCEPT for the sign
// bit if it is unknown.
Min = KnownOne;
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
if (UnknownBits.isNegative()) { // Sign bit is unknown
Min.set(Min.getBitWidth()-1);
Max.clear(Max.getBitWidth()-1);
}
}
// ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given an unsigned integer type and
// a set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
// min/max.
static void ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const APInt &KnownZero,
const APInt &KnownOne,
APInt &Min, APInt &Max) {
assert(KnownZero.getBitWidth() == KnownOne.getBitWidth() &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == Min.getBitWidth() &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == Max.getBitWidth() &&
"Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne and Min, Max must have equal bitwidth.");
APInt UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne);
// The minimum value is when the unknown bits are all zeros.
Min = KnownOne;
// The maximum value is when the unknown bits are all ones.
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits - Inst is an integer instruction that
/// SimplifyDemandedBits knows about. See if the instruction has any
/// properties that allow us to simplify its operands.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(Instruction &Inst) {
unsigned BitWidth = Inst.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt DemandedMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth));
Value *V = SimplifyDemandedUseBits(&Inst, DemandedMask,
KnownZero, KnownOne, 0);
if (V == 0) return false;
if (V == &Inst) return true;
ReplaceInstUsesWith(Inst, V);
return true;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedBits - This form of SimplifyDemandedBits simplifies the
/// specified instruction operand if possible, updating it in place. It returns
/// true if it made any change and false otherwise.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedBits(Use &U, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne,
unsigned Depth) {
Value *NewVal = SimplifyDemandedUseBits(U.get(), DemandedMask,
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth);
if (NewVal == 0) return false;
U = NewVal;
return true;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedUseBits - This function attempts to replace V with a simpler
/// value based on the demanded bits. When this function is called, it is known
/// that only the bits set in DemandedMask of the result of V are ever used
/// downstream. Consequently, depending on the mask and V, it may be possible
/// to replace V with a constant or one of its operands. In such cases, this
/// function does the replacement and returns true. In all other cases, it
/// returns false after analyzing the expression and setting KnownOne and known
/// to be one in the expression. KnownZero contains all the bits that are known
/// to be zero in the expression. These are provided to potentially allow the
/// caller (which might recursively be SimplifyDemandedBits itself) to simplify
/// the expression. KnownOne and KnownZero always follow the invariant that
/// KnownOne & KnownZero == 0. That is, a bit can't be both 1 and 0. Note that
/// the bits in KnownOne and KnownZero may only be accurate for those bits set
/// in DemandedMask. Note also that the bitwidth of V, DemandedMask, KnownZero
/// and KnownOne must all be the same.
///
/// This returns null if it did not change anything and it permits no
/// simplification. This returns V itself if it did some simplification of V's
/// operands based on the information about what bits are demanded. This returns
/// some other non-null value if it found out that V is equal to another value
/// in the context where the specified bits are demanded, but not for all users.
Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask,
APInt &KnownZero, APInt &KnownOne,
unsigned Depth) {
assert(V != 0 && "Null pointer of Value???");
assert(Depth <= 6 && "Limit Search Depth");
uint32_t BitWidth = DemandedMask.getBitWidth();
const Type *VTy = V->getType();
assert((TD || !isa<PointerType>(VTy)) &&
"SimplifyDemandedBits needs to know bit widths!");
assert((!TD || TD->getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getScalarType()) == BitWidth) &&
(!VTy->isIntOrIntVector() ||
VTy->getScalarSizeInBits() == BitWidth) &&
KnownZero.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
KnownOne.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
"Value *V, DemandedMask, KnownZero and KnownOne "
"must have same BitWidth");
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
// We know all of the bits for a constant!
KnownOne = CI->getValue() & DemandedMask;
KnownZero = ~KnownOne & DemandedMask;
return 0;
}
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) {
// We know all of the bits for a constant!
KnownOne.clear();
KnownZero = DemandedMask;
return 0;
}
KnownZero.clear();
KnownOne.clear();
if (DemandedMask == 0) { // Not demanding any bits from V.
if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
return 0;
return UndefValue::get(VTy);
}
if (Depth == 6) // Limit search depth.
return 0;
APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt &RHSKnownZero = KnownZero, &RHSKnownOne = KnownOne;
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) {
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
return 0; // Only analyze instructions.
}
// If there are multiple uses of this value and we aren't at the root, then
// we can't do any simplifications of the operands, because DemandedMask
// only reflects the bits demanded by *one* of the users.
if (Depth != 0 && !I->hasOneUse()) {
// Despite the fact that we can't simplify this instruction in all User's
// context, we can at least compute the knownzero/knownone bits, and we can
// do simplifications that apply to *just* the one user if we know that
// this instruction has a simpler value in that context.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
// If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1);
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1);
// If all of the demanded bits are known 1 on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'and' in this
// context.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero))
return I->getOperand(1);
// If all of the demanded bits in the inputs are known zeros, return zero.
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|LHSKnownZero)) == DemandedMask)
return Constant::getNullValue(VTy);
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// We can simplify (X|Y) -> X or Y in the user's context if we know that
// only bits from X or Y are demanded.
// If either the LHS or the RHS are One, the result is One.
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1);
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1);
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the
// other. These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'or' in this
// context.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne & RHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne))
return I->getOperand(1);
// If all of the potentially set bits on one side are known to be set on
// the other side, just use the 'other' side.
if ((DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero) & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero)))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero) & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero)))
return I->getOperand(1);
}
// Compute the KnownZero/KnownOne bits to simplify things downstream.
ComputeMaskedBits(I, DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth);
return 0;
}
// If this is the root being simplified, allow it to have multiple uses,
// just set the DemandedMask to all bits so that we can try to simplify the
// operands. This allows visitTruncInst (for example) to simplify the
// operand of a trunc without duplicating all the logic below.
if (Depth == 0 && !V->hasOneUse())
DemandedMask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default:
ComputeMaskedBits(I, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
case Instruction::And:
// If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
assert(!(LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known 1 on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'and'.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero))
return I->getOperand(1);
// If all of the demanded bits in the inputs are known zeros, return zero.
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|LHSKnownZero)) == DemandedMask)
return Constant::getNullValue(VTy);
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownZero))
return I;
// Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS.
RHSKnownOne &= LHSKnownOne;
// Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS.
RHSKnownZero |= LHSKnownZero;
break;
case Instruction::Or:
// If either the LHS or the RHS are One, the result is One.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
assert(!(LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'or'.
if ((DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne & RHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~LHSKnownOne))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownZero) ==
(DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownOne))
return I->getOperand(1);
// If all of the potentially set bits on one side are known to be set on
// the other side, just use the 'other' side.
if ((DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero) & LHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~RHSKnownZero)))
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero) & RHSKnownOne) ==
(DemandedMask & (~LHSKnownZero)))
return I->getOperand(1);
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
return I;
// Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS.
RHSKnownZero &= LHSKnownZero;
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS.
RHSKnownOne |= LHSKnownOne;
break;
case Instruction::Xor: {
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
assert(!(LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'xor'.
if ((DemandedMask & RHSKnownZero) == DemandedMask)
return I->getOperand(0);
if ((DemandedMask & LHSKnownZero) == DemandedMask)
return I->getOperand(1);
// Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS.
APInt KnownZeroOut = (RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownZero) |
(RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownOne);
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS.
APInt KnownOneOut = (RHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) |
(RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownZero);
// If all of the demanded bits are known to be zero on one side or the
// other, turn this into an *inclusive* or.
// e.g. (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
if ((DemandedMask & ~RHSKnownZero & ~LHSKnownZero) == 0) {
Instruction *Or =
BinaryOperator::CreateOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
I->getName());
return InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
}
// If all of the demanded bits on one side are known, and all of the set
// bits on that side are also known to be set on the other side, turn this
// into an AND, as we know the bits will be cleared.
// e.g. (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|RHSKnownOne)) == DemandedMask) {
// all known
if ((RHSKnownOne & LHSKnownOne) == RHSKnownOne) {
Constant *AndC = Constant::getIntegerValue(VTy,
~RHSKnownOne & DemandedMask);
Instruction *And =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(I->getOperand(0), AndC, "tmp");
return InsertNewInstBefore(And, *I);
}
}
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
// FIXME: for XOR, we prefer to force bits to 1 if they will make a -1.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
return I;
// If our LHS is an 'and' and if it has one use, and if any of the bits we
// are flipping are known to be set, then the xor is just resetting those
// bits to zero. We can just knock out bits from the 'and' and the 'xor',
// simplifying both of them.
if (Instruction *LHSInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(0)))
if (LHSInst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && LHSInst->hasOneUse() &&
isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)) &&
isa<ConstantInt>(LHSInst->getOperand(1)) &&
(LHSKnownOne & RHSKnownOne & DemandedMask) != 0) {
ConstantInt *AndRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSInst->getOperand(1));
ConstantInt *XorRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
APInt NewMask = ~(LHSKnownOne & RHSKnownOne & DemandedMask);
Constant *AndC =
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), NewMask & AndRHS->getValue());
Instruction *NewAnd =
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(I->getOperand(0), AndC, "tmp");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, *I);
Constant *XorC =
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), NewMask & XorRHS->getValue());
Instruction *NewXor =
BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, XorC, "tmp");
return InsertNewInstBefore(NewXor, *I);
}
RHSKnownZero = KnownZeroOut;
RHSKnownOne = KnownOneOut;
break;
}
case Instruction::Select:
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(2), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedMask,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
assert(!(LHSKnownZero & LHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If the operands are constants, see if we can simplify them.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask) ||
ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 2, DemandedMask))
return I;
// Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS.
RHSKnownOne &= LHSKnownOne;
RHSKnownZero &= LHSKnownZero;
break;
case Instruction::Trunc: {
unsigned truncBf = I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
DemandedMask.zext(truncBf);
RHSKnownZero.zext(truncBf);
RHSKnownOne.zext(truncBf);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
DemandedMask.trunc(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(BitWidth);
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
break;
}
case Instruction::BitCast:
if (!I->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVector())
return false; // vector->int or fp->int?
if (const VectorType *DstVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getType())) {
if (const VectorType *SrcVTy =
dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
if (DstVTy->getNumElements() != SrcVTy->getNumElements())
// Don't touch a bitcast between vectors of different element counts.
return false;
} else
// Don't touch a scalar-to-vector bitcast.
return false;
} else if (isa<VectorType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType()))
// Don't touch a vector-to-scalar bitcast.
return false;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
break;
case Instruction::ZExt: {
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
unsigned SrcBitWidth =I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
DemandedMask.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
DemandedMask.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.zext(BitWidth);
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// The top bits are known to be zero.
RHSKnownZero |= APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth);
break;
}
case Instruction::SExt: {
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
unsigned SrcBitWidth =I->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
APInt InputDemandedBits = DemandedMask &
APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, SrcBitWidth);
APInt NewBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - SrcBitWidth));
// If any of the sign extended bits are demanded, we know that the sign
// bit is demanded.
if ((NewBits & DemandedMask) != 0)
InputDemandedBits.set(SrcBitWidth-1);
InputDemandedBits.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.trunc(SrcBitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), InputDemandedBits,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
InputDemandedBits.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownZero.zext(BitWidth);
RHSKnownOne.zext(BitWidth);
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the
// top bits of the result.
// If the input sign bit is known zero, or if the NewBits are not demanded
// convert this into a zero extension.
if (RHSKnownZero[SrcBitWidth-1] || (NewBits & ~DemandedMask) == NewBits) {
// Convert to ZExt cast
CastInst *NewCast = new ZExtInst(I->getOperand(0), VTy, I->getName());
return InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, *I);
} else if (RHSKnownOne[SrcBitWidth-1]) { // Input sign bit known set
RHSKnownOne |= NewBits;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::Add: {
// Figure out what the input bits are. If the top bits of the and result
// are not demanded, then the add doesn't demand them from its input
// either.
unsigned NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
// If there is a constant on the RHS, there are a variety of xformations
// we can do.
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// If null, this should be simplified elsewhere. Some of the xforms here
// won't work if the RHS is zero.
if (RHS->isZero())
break;
// If the top bit of the output is demanded, demand everything from the
// input. Otherwise, we demand all the input bits except NLZ top bits.
APInt InDemandedBits(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - NLZ));
// Find information about known zero/one bits in the input.
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), InDemandedBits,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
// If the RHS of the add has bits set that can't affect the input, reduce
// the constant.
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, InDemandedBits))
return I;
// Avoid excess work.
if (LHSKnownZero == 0 && LHSKnownOne == 0)
break;
// Turn it into OR if input bits are zero.
if ((LHSKnownZero & RHS->getValue()) == RHS->getValue()) {
Instruction *Or =
BinaryOperator::CreateOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
I->getName());
return InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
}
// We can say something about the output known-zero and known-one bits,
// depending on potential carries from the input constant and the
// unknowns. For example if the LHS is known to have at most the 0x0F0F0
// bits set and the RHS constant is 0x01001, then we know we have a known
// one mask of 0x00001 and a known zero mask of 0xE0F0E.
// To compute this, we first compute the potential carry bits. These are
// the bits which may be modified. I'm not aware of a better way to do
// this scan.
const APInt &RHSVal = RHS->getValue();
APInt CarryBits((~LHSKnownZero + RHSVal) ^ (~LHSKnownZero ^ RHSVal));
// Now that we know which bits have carries, compute the known-1/0 sets.
// Bits are known one if they are known zero in one operand and one in the
// other, and there is no input carry.
RHSKnownOne = ((LHSKnownZero & RHSVal) |
(LHSKnownOne & ~RHSVal)) & ~CarryBits;
// Bits are known zero if they are known zero in both operands and there
// is no input carry.
RHSKnownZero = LHSKnownZero & ~RHSVal & ~CarryBits;
} else {
// If the high-bits of this ADD are not demanded, then it does not demand
// the high bits of its LHS or RHS.
if (DemandedMask[BitWidth-1] == 0) {
// Right fill the mask of bits for this ADD to demand the most
// significant bit and all those below it.
APInt DemandedFromOps(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-NLZ));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
}
}
break;
}
case Instruction::Sub:
// If the high-bits of this SUB are not demanded, then it does not demand
// the high bits of its LHS or RHS.
if (DemandedMask[BitWidth-1] == 0) {
// Right fill the mask of bits for this SUB to demand the most
// significant bit and all those below it.
uint32_t NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
APInt DemandedFromOps(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-NLZ));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), DemandedFromOps,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
}
// Otherwise just hand the sub off to ComputeMaskedBits to fill in
// the known zeros and ones.
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
case Instruction::Shl:
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.lshr(ShiftAmt));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
RHSKnownZero <<= ShiftAmt;
RHSKnownOne <<= ShiftAmt;
// low bits known zero.
if (ShiftAmt)
RHSKnownZero |= APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt);
}
break;
case Instruction::LShr:
// For a logical shift right
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
// Unsigned shift right.
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.shl(ShiftAmt));
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
RHSKnownZero = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownZero, ShiftAmt);
RHSKnownOne = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownOne, ShiftAmt);
if (ShiftAmt) {
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
APInt HighBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt));
RHSKnownZero |= HighBits; // high bits known zero.
}
}
break;
case Instruction::AShr:
// If this is an arithmetic shift right and only the low-bit is set, we can
// always convert this into a logical shr, even if the shift amount is
// variable. The low bit of the shift cannot be an input sign bit unless
// the shift amount is >= the size of the datatype, which is undefined.
if (DemandedMask == 1) {
// Perform the logical shift right.
Instruction *NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1), I->getName());
return InsertNewInstBefore(NewVal, *I);
}
// If the sign bit is the only bit demanded by this ashr, then there is no
// need to do it, the shift doesn't change the high bit.
if (DemandedMask.isSignBit())
return I->getOperand(0);
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t ShiftAmt = SA->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
// Signed shift right.
APInt DemandedMaskIn(DemandedMask.shl(ShiftAmt));
// If any of the "high bits" are demanded, we should set the sign bit as
// demanded.
if (DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros() <= ShiftAmt)
DemandedMaskIn.set(BitWidth-1);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMaskIn,
RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
assert(!(RHSKnownZero & RHSKnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
APInt HighBits(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, ShiftAmt));
RHSKnownZero = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownZero, ShiftAmt);
RHSKnownOne = APIntOps::lshr(RHSKnownOne, ShiftAmt);
// Handle the sign bits.
APInt SignBit(APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth));
// Adjust to where it is now in the mask.
SignBit = APIntOps::lshr(SignBit, ShiftAmt);
// If the input sign bit is known to be zero, or if none of the top bits
// are demanded, turn this into an unsigned shift right.
if (BitWidth <= ShiftAmt || RHSKnownZero[BitWidth-ShiftAmt-1] ||
(HighBits & ~DemandedMask) == HighBits) {
// Perform the logical shift right.
Instruction *NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
I->getOperand(0), SA, I->getName());
return InsertNewInstBefore(NewVal, *I);
} else if ((RHSKnownOne & SignBit) != 0) { // New bits are known one.
RHSKnownOne |= HighBits;
}
}
break;
case Instruction::SRem:
if (ConstantInt *Rem = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
APInt RA = Rem->getValue().abs();
if (RA.isPowerOf2()) {
if (DemandedMask.ult(RA)) // srem won't affect demanded bits
return I->getOperand(0);
APInt LowBits = RA - 1;
APInt Mask2 = LowBits | APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), Mask2,
LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne, Depth+1))
return I;
if (LHSKnownZero[BitWidth-1] || ((LHSKnownZero & LowBits) == LowBits))
LHSKnownZero |= ~LowBits;
KnownZero |= LHSKnownZero & DemandedMask;
assert(!(KnownZero & KnownOne) && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
}
}
break;
case Instruction::URem: {
APInt KnownZero2(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne2(BitWidth, 0);
APInt AllOnes = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), AllOnes,
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1) ||
SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(1), AllOnes,
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
return I;
unsigned Leaders = KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes();
Leaders = std::max(Leaders,
KnownZero2.countLeadingOnes());
KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, Leaders) & DemandedMask;
break;
}
case Instruction::Call:
if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)) {
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::bswap: {
// If the only bits demanded come from one byte of the bswap result,
// just shift the input byte into position to eliminate the bswap.
unsigned NLZ = DemandedMask.countLeadingZeros();
unsigned NTZ = DemandedMask.countTrailingZeros();
// Round NTZ down to the next byte. If we have 11 trailing zeros, then
// we need all the bits down to bit 8. Likewise, round NLZ. If we
// have 14 leading zeros, round to 8.
NLZ &= ~7;
NTZ &= ~7;
// If we need exactly one byte, we can do this transformation.
if (BitWidth-NLZ-NTZ == 8) {
unsigned ResultBit = NTZ;
unsigned InputBit = BitWidth-NTZ-8;
// Replace this with either a left or right shift to get the byte into
// the right place.
Instruction *NewVal;
if (InputBit > ResultBit)
NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(I->getOperand(1),
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), InputBit-ResultBit));
else
NewVal = BinaryOperator::CreateShl(I->getOperand(1),
ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), ResultBit-InputBit));
NewVal->takeName(I);
return InsertNewInstBefore(NewVal, *I);
}
// TODO: Could compute known zero/one bits based on the input.
break;
}
}
}
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne, Depth);
break;
}
// If the client is only demanding bits that we know, return the known
// constant.
if ((DemandedMask & (RHSKnownZero|RHSKnownOne)) == DemandedMask)
return Constant::getIntegerValue(VTy, RHSKnownOne);
return false;
}
/// SimplifyDemandedVectorElts - The specified value produces a vector with
/// any number of elements. DemandedElts contains the set of elements that are
/// actually used by the caller. This method analyzes which elements of the
/// operand are undef and returns that information in UndefElts.
///
/// If the information about demanded elements can be used to simplify the
/// operation, the operation is simplified, then the resultant value is
/// returned. This returns null if no change was made.
Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts,
APInt& UndefElts,
unsigned Depth) {
unsigned VWidth = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
APInt EltMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
assert((DemandedElts & ~EltMask) == 0 && "Invalid DemandedElts!");
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
// If the entire vector is undefined, just return this info.
UndefElts = EltMask;
return 0;
} else if (DemandedElts == 0) { // If nothing is demanded, provide undef.
UndefElts = EltMask;
return UndefValue::get(V->getType());
}
UndefElts = 0;
if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) {
const Type *EltTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i)
if (!DemandedElts[i]) { // If not demanded, set to undef.
Elts.push_back(Undef);
UndefElts.set(i);
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(CP->getOperand(i))) { // Already undef.
Elts.push_back(Undef);
UndefElts.set(i);
} else { // Otherwise, defined.
Elts.push_back(CP->getOperand(i));
}
// If we changed the constant, return it.
Constant *NewCP = ConstantVector::get(Elts);
return NewCP != CP ? NewCP : 0;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
// Simplify the CAZ to a ConstantVector where the non-demanded elements are
// set to undef.
// Check if this is identity. If so, return 0 since we are not simplifying
// anything.
if (DemandedElts == ((1ULL << VWidth) -1))
return 0;
const Type *EltTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(EltTy);
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i) {
Constant *Elt = DemandedElts[i] ? Zero : Undef;
Elts.push_back(Elt);
}
UndefElts = DemandedElts ^ EltMask;
return ConstantVector::get(Elts);
}
// Limit search depth.
if (Depth == 10)
return 0;
// If multiple users are using the root value, procede with
// simplification conservatively assuming that all elements
// are needed.
if (!V->hasOneUse()) {
// Quit if we find multiple users of a non-root value though.
// They'll be handled when it's their turn to be visited by
// the main instcombine process.
if (Depth != 0)
// TODO: Just compute the UndefElts information recursively.
return 0;
// Conservatively assume that all elements are needed.
DemandedElts = EltMask;
}
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return 0; // Only analyze instructions.
bool MadeChange = false;
APInt UndefElts2(VWidth, 0);
Value *TmpV;
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::InsertElement: {
// If this is a variable index, we don't know which element it overwrites.
// demand exactly the same input as we produce.
ConstantInt *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2));
if (Idx == 0) {
// Note that we can't propagate undef elt info, because we don't know
// which elt is getting updated.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
break;
}
// If this is inserting an element that isn't demanded, remove this
// insertelement.
unsigned IdxNo = Idx->getZExtValue();
if (IdxNo >= VWidth || !DemandedElts[IdxNo]) {
Worklist.Add(I);
return I->getOperand(0);
}
// Otherwise, the element inserted overwrites whatever was there, so the
// input demanded set is simpler than the output set.
APInt DemandedElts2 = DemandedElts;
DemandedElts2.clear(IdxNo);
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts2,
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// The inserted element is defined.
UndefElts.clear(IdxNo);
break;
}
case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
ShuffleVectorInst *Shuffle = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I);
uint64_t LHSVWidth =
cast<VectorType>(Shuffle->getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
APInt LeftDemanded(LHSVWidth, 0), RightDemanded(LHSVWidth, 0);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < VWidth; i++) {
if (DemandedElts[i]) {
unsigned MaskVal = Shuffle->getMaskValue(i);
if (MaskVal != -1u) {
assert(MaskVal < LHSVWidth * 2 &&
"shufflevector mask index out of range!");
if (MaskVal < LHSVWidth)
LeftDemanded.set(MaskVal);
else
RightDemanded.set(MaskVal - LHSVWidth);
}
}
}
APInt UndefElts4(LHSVWidth, 0);
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), LeftDemanded,
UndefElts4, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
APInt UndefElts3(LHSVWidth, 0);
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(1), RightDemanded,
UndefElts3, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
bool NewUndefElts = false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < VWidth; i++) {
unsigned MaskVal = Shuffle->getMaskValue(i);
if (MaskVal == -1u) {
UndefElts.set(i);
} else if (MaskVal < LHSVWidth) {
if (UndefElts4[MaskVal]) {
NewUndefElts = true;
UndefElts.set(i);
}
} else {
if (UndefElts3[MaskVal - LHSVWidth]) {
NewUndefElts = true;
UndefElts.set(i);
}
}
}
if (NewUndefElts) {
// Add additional discovered undefs.
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < VWidth; ++i) {
if (UndefElts[i])
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
else
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context),
Shuffle->getMaskValue(i)));
}
I->setOperand(2, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
MadeChange = true;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::BitCast: {
// Vector->vector casts only.
const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (!VTy) break;
unsigned InVWidth = VTy->getNumElements();
APInt InputDemandedElts(InVWidth, 0);
unsigned Ratio;
if (VWidth == InVWidth) {
// If we are converting from <4 x i32> -> <4 x f32>, we demand the same
// elements as are demanded of us.
Ratio = 1;
InputDemandedElts = DemandedElts;
} else if (VWidth > InVWidth) {
// Untested so far.
break;
// If there are more elements in the result than there are in the source,
// then an input element is live if any of the corresponding output
// elements are live.
Ratio = VWidth/InVWidth;
for (unsigned OutIdx = 0; OutIdx != VWidth; ++OutIdx) {
if (DemandedElts[OutIdx])
InputDemandedElts.set(OutIdx/Ratio);
}
} else {
// Untested so far.
break;
// If there are more elements in the source than there are in the result,
// then an input element is live if the corresponding output element is
// live.
Ratio = InVWidth/VWidth;
for (unsigned InIdx = 0; InIdx != InVWidth; ++InIdx)
if (DemandedElts[InIdx/Ratio])
InputDemandedElts.set(InIdx);
}
// div/rem demand all inputs, because they don't want divide by zero.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), InputDemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) {
I->setOperand(0, TmpV);
MadeChange = true;
}
UndefElts = UndefElts2;
if (VWidth > InVWidth) {
llvm_unreachable("Unimp");
// If there are more elements in the result than there are in the source,
// then an output element is undef if the corresponding input element is
// undef.
for (unsigned OutIdx = 0; OutIdx != VWidth; ++OutIdx)
if (UndefElts2[OutIdx/Ratio])
UndefElts.set(OutIdx);
} else if (VWidth < InVWidth) {
llvm_unreachable("Unimp");
// If there are more elements in the source than there are in the result,
// then a result element is undef if all of the corresponding input
// elements are undef.
UndefElts = ~0ULL >> (64-VWidth); // Start out all undef.
for (unsigned InIdx = 0; InIdx != InVWidth; ++InIdx)
if (!UndefElts2[InIdx]) // Not undef?
UndefElts.clear(InIdx/Ratio); // Clear undef bit.
}
break;
}
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
// div/rem demand all inputs, because they don't want divide by zero.
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
break;
case Instruction::Call: {
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I);
if (!II) break;
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
// Binary vector operations that work column-wise. A dest element is a
// function of the corresponding input elements from the two inputs.
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_min_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_max_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_min_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_max_sd:
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
UndefElts, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(2), DemandedElts,
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(2, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
// If only the low elt is demanded and this is a scalarizable intrinsic,
// scalarize it now.
if (DemandedElts == 1) {
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
// TODO: Lower MIN/MAX/ABS/etc
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
Value *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
// Extract the element as scalars.
LHS = InsertNewInstBefore(ExtractElementInst::Create(LHS,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), 0U, false), "tmp"), *II);
RHS = InsertNewInstBefore(ExtractElementInst::Create(RHS,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), 0U, false), "tmp"), *II);
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Case stmts out of sync!");
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(LHS, RHS,
II->getName()), *II);
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateFMul(LHS, RHS,
II->getName()), *II);
break;
}
Instruction *New =
InsertElementInst::Create(
UndefValue::get(II->getType()), TmpV,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), 0U, false), II->getName());
InsertNewInstBefore(New, *II);
return New;
}
}
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
break;
}
break;
}
}
return MadeChange ? I : 0;
}
/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
///
template<typename Functor>
static Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
// Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
return F.apply(Root);
// Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
// If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
ShouldApply = true;
}
// If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
// reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
if (ShouldApply) {
// Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
// and perform the reassociation.
Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
// First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
// Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
return 0;
}
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
TmpLHSI->moveBefore(ARI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
ARI = Root;
// Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
// get to LHSI.
while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
// Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
// constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
NextLHSI->moveBefore(ARI);
ARI = NextLHSI;
Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
ExtraOperand = NextOp;
}
// Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
// the transformation...
return F.apply(Root);
}
LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
}
return 0;
}
namespace {
// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
struct AddRHS {
Value *RHS;
explicit AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Add.getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(Add.getType(), 1));
}
};
// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
// iff C1&C2 == 0
struct AddMaskingAnd {
Constant *C2;
explicit AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
ConstantInt *C1;
return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
}
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
}
};
}
static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
InstCombiner *IC) {
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I))
return IC->Builder->CreateCast(CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType());
// Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
if (ConstIsRHS)
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
}
Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
if (!ConstIsRHS)
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
return IC->Builder->CreateBinOp(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,
SO->getName()+".op");
if (ICmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I))
return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
SO->getName()+".cmp");
if (FCmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(&I))
return IC->Builder->CreateICmp(CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
SO->getName()+".cmp");
llvm_unreachable("Unknown binary instruction type!");
}
// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
// not have a second operand.
static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
InstCombiner *IC) {
// Don't modify shared select instructions
if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
// Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
if (SI->getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*IC->getContext())) return 0;
Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
SelectFalseVal);
}
return 0;
}
/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which
/// has a PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the
/// PHI (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
///
/// If AllowAggressive is true, FoldOpIntoPhi will allow certain transforms
/// that would normally be unprofitable because they strongly encourage jump
/// threading.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I,
bool AllowAggressive) {
AllowAggressive = false;
PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
if (NumPHIValues == 0 ||
// We normally only transform phis with a single use, unless we're trying
// hard to make jump threading happen.
(!PN->hasOneUse() && !AllowAggressive))
return 0;
// Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are simple constants
// (constantint/constantfp/undef). If there is one non-constant value,
// remember the BB it is in. If there is more than one or if *it* is a PHI,
// bail out. We don't do arbitrary constant expressions here because moving
// their computation can be expensive without a cost model.
BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)) ||
isa<ConstantExpr>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value.
if (isa<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) return 0; // Itself a phi.
NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
// If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite
// loop.
if (NonConstBB == I.getParent())
return 0;
}
// If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the
// operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be
// inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only
// do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block.
if (NonConstBB != 0 && !AllowAggressive) {
BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator());
if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0;
}
// Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), "");
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
NewPN->takeName(PN);
// Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(&I)) {
// We only currently try to fold the condition of a select when it is a phi,
// not the true/false values.
Value *TrueV = SI->getTrueValue();
Value *FalseV = SI->getFalseValue();
BasicBlock *PhiTransBB = PN->getParent();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
BasicBlock *ThisBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
Value *TrueVInPred = TrueV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
Value *FalseVInPred = FalseV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB);
Value *InV = 0;
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
InV = InC->isNullValue() ? FalseVInPred : TrueVInPred;
} else {
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
InV = SelectInst::Create(PN->getIncomingValue(i), TrueVInPred,
FalseVInPred,
"phitmp", NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
}
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, ThisBB);
}
} else if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Value *InV = 0;
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C);
else
InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C);
} else {
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
InV = BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(),
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
InV = CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(),
CI->getPredicate(),
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
else
llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
}
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
} else {
CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I);
const Type *RetTy = CI->getType();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Value *InV;
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy);
} else {
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
InV = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i),
I.getType(), "phitmp",
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
Worklist.Add(cast<Instruction>(InV));
}
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
}
/// WillNotOverflowSignedAdd - Return true if we can prove that:
/// (sext (add LHS, RHS)) === (add (sext LHS), (sext RHS))
/// This basically requires proving that the add in the original type would not
/// overflow to change the sign bit or have a carry out.
bool InstCombiner::WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
// There are different heuristics we can use for this. Here are some simple
// ones.
// Add has the property that adding any two 2's complement numbers can only
// have one carry bit which can change a sign. As such, if LHS and RHS each
// have at least two sign bits, we know that the addition of the two values
// will sign extend fine.
if (ComputeNumSignBits(LHS) > 1 && ComputeNumSignBits(RHS) > 1)
return true;
// If one of the operands only has one non-zero bit, and if the other operand
// has a known-zero bit in a more significant place than it (not including the
// sign bit) the ripple may go up to and fill the zero, but won't change the
// sign. For example, (X & ~4) + 1.
// TODO: Implement.
return false;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
if (Value *V = SimplifyAddInst(LHS, RHS, I.hasNoSignedWrap(),
I.hasNoUnsignedWrap(), TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
// X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
const APInt& Val = CI->getValue();
uint32_t BitWidth = Val.getBitWidth();
if (Val == APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
// See if SimplifyDemandedBits can simplify this. This handles stuff like
// (X & 254)+1 -> (X&254)|1
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
// zext(bool) + C -> bool ? C + 1 : C
if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(LHS))
if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), AddOne(CI), CI);
}
if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0;
Value *XorLHS = 0;
if (isa<ConstantInt>(RHSC) &&
match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
uint32_t TySizeBits = I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
const APInt& RHSVal = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getValue();
uint32_t Size = TySizeBits / 2;
APInt C0080Val(APInt(TySizeBits, 1ULL).shl(Size - 1));
APInt CFF80Val(-C0080Val);
do {
if (TySizeBits > Size) {
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
if ((RHSVal == CFF80Val && XorRHS->getValue() == C0080Val) ||
(RHSVal == C0080Val && XorRHS->getValue() == CFF80Val)) {
// This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS,
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TySizeBits, TySizeBits - Size)))
Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
break;
}
}
Size >>= 1;
C0080Val = APIntOps::lshr(C0080Val, Size);
CFF80Val = APIntOps::ashr(CFF80Val, Size);
} while (Size >= 1);
// FIXME: This shouldn't be necessary. When the backends can handle types
// with funny bit widths then this switch statement should be removed. It
// is just here to get the size of the "middle" type back up to something
// that the back ends can handle.
const Type *MiddleType = 0;
switch (Size) {
default: break;
case 32: MiddleType = Type::getInt32Ty(*Context); break;
case 16: MiddleType = Type::getInt16Ty(*Context); break;
case 8: MiddleType = Type::getInt8Ty(*Context); break;
}
if (MiddleType) {
Value *NewTrunc = Builder->CreateTrunc(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType(), I.getName());
}
}
}
if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
// X + X --> X << 1
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS)))
return Result;
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
}
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
}
}
// -A + B --> B - A
// -A + -B --> -(A + B)
if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castNegVal(LHS)) {
if (LHS->getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
if (Value *RHSV = dyn_castNegVal(RHS)) {
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(LHSV, RHSV, "sum");
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(NewAdd);
}
}
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(RHS, LHSV);
}
// A + -B --> A - B
if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, V);
ConstantInt *C2;
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
// X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
ConstantInt *C1;
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
}
// X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
// X + ~X --> -1 since ~X = -X-1
if (dyn_castNotVal(LHS) == RHS ||
dyn_castNotVal(RHS) == LHS)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
// (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2)))
return R;
// A+B --> A|B iff A and B have no bits set in common.
if (const IntegerType *IT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())) {
APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(IT->getBitWidth());
APInt LHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
APInt LHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
if (LHSKnownZero != 0) {
APInt RHSKnownOne(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
APInt RHSKnownZero(IT->getBitWidth(), 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
// No bits in common -> bitwise or.
if ((LHSKnownZero|RHSKnownZero).isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(LHS, RHS);
}
}
// W*X + Y*Z --> W * (X+Z) iff W == Y
if (I.getType()->isIntOrIntVector()) {
Value *W, *X, *Y, *Z;
if (match(LHS, m_Mul(m_Value(W), m_Value(X))) &&
match(RHS, m_Mul(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) {
if (W != Y) {
if (W == Z) {
std::swap(Y, Z);
} else if (Y == X) {
std::swap(W, X);
} else if (X == Z) {
std::swap(Y, Z);
std::swap(W, X);
}
}
if (W == Y) {
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, Z, LHS->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(W, NewAdd);
}
}
}
if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Value *X = 0;
if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(SubOne(CRHS), X);
// (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
if (LHS->hasOneUse() &&
match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
if (Anded == CRHS) {
// See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
// in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
const APInt& AddRHSV = CRHS->getValue();
// Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
APInt AddRHSHighBits(~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1));
// See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
APInt AddRHSHighBitsAnd(AddRHSHighBits & C2->getValue());
if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
// Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateAdd(X, CRHS, LHS->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewAdd, C2);
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
}
// add (select X 0 (sub n A)) A --> select X A n
{
SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS);
Value *A = RHS;
if (!SI) {
SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(RHS);
A = LHS;
}
if (SI && SI->hasOneUse()) {
Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
Value *N;
// Can we fold the add into the argument of the select?
// We check both true and false select arguments for a matching subtract.
if (match(FV, m_Zero()) &&
match(TV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
// Fold the add into the true select value.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), N, A);
if (match(TV, m_Zero()) &&
match(FV, m_Sub(m_Value(N), m_Specific(A))))
// Fold the add into the false select value.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), A, N);
}
}
// Check for (add (sext x), y), see if we can merge this into an
// integer add followed by a sext.
if (SExtInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(LHS)) {
// (add (sext x), cst) --> (sext (add x, cst'))
if (ConstantInt *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Constant *CI =
ConstantExpr::getTrunc(RHSC, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
ConstantExpr::getSExt(CI, I.getType()) == RHSC &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
// Insert the new, smaller add.
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
CI, "addconv");
return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
// (add (sext x), (sext y)) --> (sext (add int x, y))
if (SExtInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(RHS)) {
// Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
// single use (so we don't increase the number of sexts), and if the
// integer add will not overflow.
if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
(LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0), "addconv");
return new SExtInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
// X + 0 --> X
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
if (CFP->isExactlyValue(ConstantFP::getNegativeZero
(I.getType())->getValueAPF()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
}
if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
// -A + B --> B - A
// -A + -B --> -(A + B)
if (Value *LHSV = dyn_castFNegVal(LHS))
return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(RHS, LHSV);
// A + -B --> A - B
if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(RHS))
return BinaryOperator::CreateFSub(LHS, V);
// Check for X+0.0. Simplify it to X if we know X is not -0.0.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS))
if (CFP->getValueAPF().isPosZero() && CannotBeNegativeZero(LHS))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
// Check for (add double (sitofp x), y), see if we can merge this into an
// integer add followed by a promotion.
if (SIToFPInst *LHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(LHS)) {
// (add double (sitofp x), fpcst) --> (sitofp (add int x, intcst))
// ... if the constant fits in the integer value. This is useful for things
// like (double)(x & 1234) + 4.0 -> (double)((X & 1234)+4) which no longer
// requires a constant pool load, and generally allows the add to be better
// instcombined.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS)) {
Constant *CI =
ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(CFP, LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType());
if (LHSConv->hasOneUse() &&
ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(CI, I.getType()) == CFP &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0), CI)) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
CI, "addconv");
return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
// (add double (sitofp x), (sitofp y)) --> (sitofp (add int x, y))
if (SIToFPInst *RHSConv = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(RHS)) {
// Only do this if x/y have the same type, if at last one of them has a
// single use (so we don't increase the number of int->fp conversions),
// and if the integer add will not overflow.
if (LHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()==RHSConv->getOperand(0)->getType()&&
(LHSConv->hasOneUse() || RHSConv->hasOneUse()) &&
WillNotOverflowSignedAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0))) {
// Insert the new integer add.
Value *NewAdd = Builder->CreateNSWAdd(LHSConv->getOperand(0),
RHSConv->getOperand(0),"addconv");
return new SIToFPInst(NewAdd, I.getType());
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, InstCombiner &IC) {
TargetData &TD = *IC.getTargetData();
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType(GEP->getContext());
Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
// Build a mask for high order bits.
unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
for (User::op_iterator i = GEP->op_begin() + 1, e = GEP->op_end(); i != e;
++i, ++GTI) {
Value *Op = *i;
uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
if (ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op)) {
if (OpC->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Size = TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
Result = IC.Builder->CreateAdd(Result,
ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size),
GEP->getName()+".offs");
continue;
}
Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
Constant *OC =
ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(OpC, IntPtrTy, true /*SExt*/);
Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OC, Scale);
// Emit an add instruction.
Result = IC.Builder->CreateAdd(Result, Scale, GEP->getName()+".offs");
continue;
}
// Convert to correct type.
if (Op->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Op = IC.Builder->CreateIntCast(Op, IntPtrTy, true, Op->getName()+".c");
if (Size != 1) {
Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
// We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
Op = IC.Builder->CreateMul(Op, Scale, GEP->getName()+".idx");
}
// Emit an add instruction.
Result = IC.Builder->CreateAdd(Op, Result, GEP->getName()+".offs");
}
return Result;
}
/// EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression - Return a value that can be used to compare
/// the *offset* implied by a GEP to zero. For example, if we have &A[i], we
/// want to return 'i' for "icmp ne i, 0". Note that, in general, indices can
/// be complex, and scales are involved. The above expression would also be
/// legal to codegen as "icmp ne (i*4), 0" (assuming A is a pointer to i32).
/// This later form is less amenable to optimization though, and we are allowed
/// to generate the first by knowing that pointer arithmetic doesn't overflow.
///
/// If we can't emit an optimized form for this expression, this returns null.
///
static Value *EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(User *GEP, Instruction &I,
InstCombiner &IC) {
TargetData &TD = *IC.getTargetData();
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
// Check to see if this gep only has a single variable index. If so, and if
// any constant indices are a multiple of its scale, then we can compute this
// in terms of the scale of the variable index. For example, if the GEP
// implies an offset of "12 + i*4", then we can codegen this as "3 + i",
// because the expression will cross zero at the same point.
unsigned i, e = GEP->getNumOperands();
int64_t Offset = 0;
for (i = 1; i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
// Compute the aggregate offset of constant indices.
if (CI->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(CI->getZExtValue());
} else {
uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Offset += Size*CI->getSExtValue();
}
} else {
// Found our variable index.
break;
}
}
// If there are no variable indices, we must have a constant offset, just
// evaluate it the general way.
if (i == e) return 0;
Value *VariableIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
// Determine the scale factor of the variable element. For example, this is
// 4 if the variable index is into an array of i32.
uint64_t VariableScale = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
// Verify that there are no other variable indices. If so, emit the hard way.
for (++i, ++GTI; i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
if (!CI) return 0;
// Compute the aggregate offset of constant indices.
if (CI->isZero()) continue;
// Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(CI->getZExtValue());
} else {
uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Offset += Size*CI->getSExtValue();
}
}
// Okay, we know we have a single variable index, which must be a
// pointer/array/vector index. If there is no offset, life is simple, return
// the index.
unsigned IntPtrWidth = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
if (Offset == 0) {
// Cast to intptrty in case a truncation occurs. If an extension is needed,
// we don't need to bother extending: the extension won't affect where the
// computation crosses zero.
if (VariableIdx->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > IntPtrWidth)
VariableIdx = new TruncInst(VariableIdx,
TD.getIntPtrType(VariableIdx->getContext()),
VariableIdx->getName(), &I);
return VariableIdx;
}
// Otherwise, there is an index. The computation we will do will be modulo
// the pointer size, so get it.
uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-IntPtrWidth);
Offset &= PtrSizeMask;
VariableScale &= PtrSizeMask;
// To do this transformation, any constant index must be a multiple of the
// variable scale factor. For example, we can evaluate "12 + 4*i" as "3 + i",
// but we can't evaluate "10 + 3*i" in terms of i. Check that the offset is a
// multiple of the variable scale.
int64_t NewOffs = Offset / (int64_t)VariableScale;
if (Offset != NewOffs*(int64_t)VariableScale)
return 0;
// Okay, we can do this evaluation. Start by converting the index to intptr.
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType(VariableIdx->getContext());
if (VariableIdx->getType() != IntPtrTy)
VariableIdx = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(VariableIdx, IntPtrTy,
true /*SExt*/,
VariableIdx->getName(), &I);
Constant *OffsetVal = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, NewOffs);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(VariableIdx, OffsetVal, "offset", &I);
}
/// Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
/// &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10". LHS/RHS are the pointer
/// operands to the ptrtoint instructions for the LHS/RHS of the subtract.
///
Value *InstCombiner::OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
const Type *Ty) {
assert(TD && "Must have target data info for this");
// If LHS is a gep based on RHS or RHS is a gep based on LHS, we can optimize
// this.
bool Swapped;
GetElementPtrInst *GEP;
if ((GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LHS)) &&
GEP->getOperand(0) == RHS)
Swapped = false;
else if ((GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(RHS)) &&
GEP->getOperand(0) == LHS)
Swapped = true;
else
return 0;
// TODO: Could also optimize &A[i] - &A[j] -> "i-j".
// Emit the offset of the GEP and an intptr_t.
Value *Result = EmitGEPOffset(GEP, *this);
// If we have p - gep(p, ...) then we have to negate the result.
if (Swapped)
Result = Builder->CreateNeg(Result, "diff.neg");
return Builder->CreateIntCast(Result, Ty, true);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A.
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, V);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
// Replace (-1 - A) with (~A).
if (C->isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Op1);
// C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Value *X = 0;
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, AddOne(C));
// -(X >>u 31) -> (X >>s 31)
// -(X >>s 31) -> (X >>u 31)
if (C->isZero()) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert AShr.
return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::AShr,
SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
}
}
} else if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
if (CU->getLimitedValue(SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ==
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert LShr.
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(
SI->getOperand(0), CU, SI->getName());
}
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
// C - zext(bool) -> bool ? C - 1 : C
if (ZExtInst *ZI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(Op1))
if (ZI->getSrcTy() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), SubOne(C), C);
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
I.getName());
else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
I.getName());
else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
// C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2), Op1I->getOperand(0));
}
}
if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
// Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
// is not used by anyone else...
//
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
// Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
// Create the new top level add instruction...
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0, Op1);
}
// Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
//
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
Value *NewNot = Builder->CreateNot(OtherOp, "B.not");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, NewNot);
}
// 0 - (X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (CSI->isZero())
if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
// X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
Constant *CP1 =
ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1),
C2);
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0, CP1);
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1),
I.getName());
}
}
ConstantInt *C1;
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
if (X == Op1) // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op1, SubOne(C1));
ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(X, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
}
// Optimize pointer differences into the same array into a size. Consider:
// &A[10] - &A[0]: we should compile this to "10".
if (TD) {
if (PtrToIntInst *LHS = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(Op0))
if (PtrToIntInst *RHS = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(Op1))
if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHS->getOperand(0),
RHS->getOperand(0),
I.getType()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
// trunc(p)-trunc(q) -> trunc(p-q)
if (TruncInst *LHST = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0))
if (TruncInst *RHST = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op1))
if (PtrToIntInst *LHS = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(LHST->getOperand(0)))
if (PtrToIntInst *RHS = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(RHST->getOperand(0)))
if (Value *Res = OptimizePointerDifference(LHS->getOperand(0),
RHS->getOperand(0),
I.getType()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res);
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
if (Value *V = dyn_castFNegVal(Op1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateFAdd(Op0, V);
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd) {
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1),
I.getName());
else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
return BinaryOperator::CreateFNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0),
I.getName());
}
}
return 0;
}
/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded icmp instruction, return true if the
/// comparison only checks the sign bit. If it only checks the sign bit, set
/// TrueIfSigned if the result of the comparison is true when the input value is
/// signed.
static bool isSignBitCheck(ICmpInst::Predicate pred, ConstantInt *RHS,
bool &TrueIfSigned) {
switch (pred) {
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // True if LHS s< 0
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->isZero();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: // True if LHS s<= RHS and RHS == -1
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->isAllOnesValue();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // True if LHS s> -1
TrueIfSigned = false;
return RHS->isAllOnesValue();
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
// True if LHS u> RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask - 1
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->getValue() ==
APInt::getSignedMaxValue(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits());
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
// True if LHS u>= RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask (2^7, 2^15, 2^31, etc)
TrueIfSigned = true;
return RHS->getValue().isSignBit();
default:
return false;
}
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // undef * X -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS.
if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1C)) {
// ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
if (BinaryOperator *SI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(SI->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
if (CI->isZero())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1C); // X * 0 == 0
if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0, I.getName());
const APInt& Val = cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getValue();
if (Val.isPowerOf2()) { // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op0,
ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), Val.logBase2()));
}
} else if (isa<VectorType>(Op1C->getType())) {
if (Op1C->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1C);
if (ConstantVector *Op1V = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1C)) {
if (Op1V->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0, I.getName());
// As above, vector X*splat(1.0) -> X in all defined cases.
if (Constant *Splat = Op1V->getSplatValue()) {
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Splat))
if (CI->equalsInt(1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add && Op0I->hasOneUse() &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(Op1C)) {
// Canonicalize (X+C1)*C2 -> X*C2+C1*C2.
Value *Add = Builder->CreateMul(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op1C, "tmp");
Value *C1C2 = Builder->CreateMul(Op1C, Op0I->getOperand(1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Add, C1C2);
}
// Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(Op0v, Op1v);
// (X / Y) * Y = X - (X % Y)
// (X / Y) * -Y = (X % Y) - X
{
Value *Op1C = Op1;
BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
if (!BO ||
(BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::UDiv &&
BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::SDiv)) {
Op1C = Op0;
BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
}
Value *Neg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1C);
if (BO && BO->hasOneUse() &&
(BO->getOperand(1) == Op1C || BO->getOperand(1) == Neg) &&
(BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::UDiv ||
BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)) {
Value *Op0BO = BO->getOperand(0), *Op1BO = BO->getOperand(1);
// If the division is exact, X % Y is zero.
if (SDivOperator *SDiv = dyn_cast<SDivOperator>(BO))
if (SDiv->isExact()) {
if (Op1BO == Op1C)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0BO);
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0BO);
}
Value *Rem;
if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::UDiv)
Rem = Builder->CreateURem(Op0BO, Op1BO);
else
Rem = Builder->CreateSRem(Op0BO, Op1BO);
Rem->takeName(BO);
if (Op1BO == Op1C)
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(Op0BO, Rem);
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(Rem, Op0BO);
}
}
/// i1 mul -> i1 and.
if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, Op1);
// X*(1 << Y) --> X << Y
// (1 << Y)*X --> X << Y
{
Value *Y;
if (match(Op0, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value(Y))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op1, Y);
if (match(Op1, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value(Y))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op0, Y);
}
// If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
// we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
// X * Y (where Y is 0 or 1) -> X & (0-Y)
if (!isa<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
// -2 is "-1 << 1" so it is all bits set except the low one.
APInt Negative2(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), (uint64_t)-2, true);
Value *BoolCast = 0, *OtherOp = 0;
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Negative2))
BoolCast = Op0, OtherOp = Op1;
else if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Negative2))
BoolCast = Op1, OtherOp = Op0;
if (BoolCast) {
Value *V = Builder->CreateSub(Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()),
BoolCast, "tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, OtherOp);
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1C)) {
// "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
// ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
if (Op1F->isExactlyValue(1.0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
} else if (isa<VectorType>(Op1C->getType())) {
if (ConstantVector *Op1V = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1C)) {
// As above, vector X*splat(1.0) -> X in all defined cases.
if (Constant *Splat = Op1V->getSplatValue()) {
if (ConstantFP *F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Splat))
if (F->isExactlyValue(1.0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castFNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castFNegVal(Op1))
return BinaryOperator::CreateFMul(Op0v, Op1v);
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// SimplifyDivRemOfSelect - Try to fold a divide or remainder of a select
/// instruction.
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(BinaryOperator &I) {
SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I.getOperand(1));
// div/rem X, (Cond ? 0 : Y) -> div/rem X, Y
int NonNullOperand = -1;
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ST->isNullValue())
NonNullOperand = 2;
// div/rem X, (Cond ? Y : 0) -> div/rem X, Y
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
if (ST->isNullValue())
NonNullOperand = 1;
if (NonNullOperand == -1)
return false;
Value *SelectCond = SI->getOperand(0);
// Change the div/rem to use 'Y' instead of the select.
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(NonNullOperand));
// Okay, we know we replace the operand of the div/rem with 'Y' with no
// problem. However, the select, or the condition of the select may have
// multiple uses. Based on our knowledge that the operand must be non-zero,
// propagate the known value for the select into other uses of it, and
// propagate a known value of the condition into its other users.
// If the select and condition only have a single use, don't bother with this,
// early exit.
if (SI->use_empty() && SelectCond->hasOneUse())
return true;
// Scan the current block backward, looking for other uses of SI.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &I, BBFront = I.getParent()->begin();
while (BBI != BBFront) {
--BBI;
// If we found a call to a function, we can't assume it will return, so
// information from below it cannot be propagated above it.
if (isa<CallInst>(BBI) && !isa<IntrinsicInst>(BBI))
break;
// Replace uses of the select or its condition with the known values.
for (Instruction::op_iterator I = BBI->op_begin(), E = BBI->op_end();
I != E; ++I) {
if (*I == SI) {
*I = SI->getOperand(NonNullOperand);
Worklist.Add(BBI);
} else if (*I == SelectCond) {
*I = NonNullOperand == 1 ? ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context) :
ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context);
Worklist.Add(BBI);
}
}
// If we past the instruction, quit looking for it.
if (&*BBI == SI)
SI = 0;
if (&*BBI == SelectCond)
SelectCond = 0;
// If we ran out of things to eliminate, break out of the loop.
if (SelectCond == 0 && SI == 0)
break;
}
return true;
}
/// This function implements the transforms on div instructions that work
/// regardless of the kind of div instruction it is (udiv, sdiv, or fdiv). It is
/// used by the visitors to those instructions.
/// @brief Transforms common to all three div instructions
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// undef / X -> 0 for integer.
// undef / X -> undef for FP (the undef could be a snan).
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
if (Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// X / undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
return 0;
}
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer division
/// instructions (udiv and sdiv). It is called by the visitors to those integer
/// division instructions.
/// @brief Common integer divide transforms
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// (sdiv X, X) --> 1 (udiv X, X) --> 1
if (Op0 == Op1) {
if (const VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I.getType())) {
Constant *CI = ConstantInt::get(Ty->getElementType(), 1);
std::vector<Constant*> Elts(Ty->getNumElements(), CI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
}
Constant *CI = ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
}
if (Instruction *Common = commonDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
// Handle cases involving: [su]div X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
// This does not apply for fdiv.
if (isa<SelectInst>(Op1) && SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(I))
return &I;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// div X, 1 == X
if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
// (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
if (Instruction::BinaryOps(LHS->getOpcode()) == I.getOpcode())
if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
if (MultiplyOverflows(RHS, LHSRHS,
I.getOpcode()==Instruction::SDiv))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
else
return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), LHS->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
}
if (!RHS->isZero()) { // avoid X udiv 0
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
}
// 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// It can't be division by zero, hence it must be division by one.
if (I.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
if (ConstantVector *Op1V = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1)) {
if (ConstantInt *X = cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(Op1V->getSplatValue()))
// div X, 1 == X
if (X->isOne())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer div common cases
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// X udiv C^2 -> X >> C
// Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
// if so, convert to a right shift.
if (C->getValue().isPowerOf2()) // 0 not included in isPowerOf2
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0,
ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), C->getValue().logBase2()));
// X udiv C, where C >= signbit
if (C->getValue().isNegative()) {
Value *IC = Builder->CreateICmpULT( Op0, C);
return SelectInst::Create(IC, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()),
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
}
}
// X udiv (C1 << N), where C1 is "1<<C2" --> X >> (N+C2)
if (BinaryOperator *RHSI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
const APInt& C1 = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getValue();
if (C1.isPowerOf2()) {
Value *N = RHSI->getOperand(1);
const Type *NTy = N->getType();
if (uint32_t C2 = C1.logBase2())
N = Builder->CreateAdd(N, ConstantInt::get(NTy, C2), "tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, N);
}
}
}
// udiv X, (Select Cond, C1, C2) --> Select Cond, (shr X, C1), (shr X, C2)
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
const APInt &TVA = STO->getValue(), &FVA = SFO->getValue();
if (TVA.isPowerOf2() && FVA.isPowerOf2()) {
// Compute the shift amounts
uint32_t TSA = TVA.logBase2(), FSA = FVA.logBase2();
// Construct the "on true" case of the select
Constant *TC = ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), TSA);
Value *TSI = Builder->CreateLShr(Op0, TC, SI->getName()+".t");
// Construct the "on false" case of the select
Constant *FC = ConstantInt::get(Op0->getType(), FSA);
Value *FSI = Builder->CreateLShr(Op0, FC, SI->getName()+".f");
// construct the select instruction and return it.
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI, SI->getName());
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer div common cases
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
return Common;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// sdiv X, -1 == -X
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(Op0);
// sdiv X, C --> ashr X, log2(C)
if (cast<SDivOperator>(&I)->isExact() &&
RHS->getValue().isNonNegative() &&
RHS->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
Value *ShAmt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(RHS->getType(),
RHS->getValue().exactLogBase2());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(Op0, ShAmt, I.getName());
}
// -X/C --> X/-C provided the negation doesn't overflow.
if (SubOperator *Sub = dyn_cast<SubOperator>(Op0))
if (isa<Constant>(Sub->getOperand(0)) &&
cast<Constant>(Sub->getOperand(0))->isNullValue() &&
Sub->hasNoSignedWrap())
return BinaryOperator::CreateSDiv(Sub->getOperand(1),
ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
}
// If the sign bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a udiv.
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask)) {
// X sdiv Y -> X udiv Y, iff X and Y don't have sign bit set
return BinaryOperator::CreateUDiv(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
}
ConstantInt *ShiftedInt;
if (match(Op1, m_Shl(m_ConstantInt(ShiftedInt), m_Value())) &&
ShiftedInt->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
// X sdiv (1 << Y) -> X udiv (1 << Y) ( -> X u>> Y)
// Safe because the only negative value (1 << Y) can take on is
// INT_MIN, and X sdiv INT_MIN == X udiv INT_MIN == 0 if X doesn't have
// the sign bit set.
return BinaryOperator::CreateUDiv(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonDivTransforms(I);
}
/// This function implements the transforms on rem instructions that work
/// regardless of the kind of rem instruction it is (urem, srem, or frem). It
/// is used by the visitors to those instructions.
/// @brief Transforms common to all three rem instructions
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef % X -> 0
if (I.getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X % undef -> undef (could be SNaN)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
// Handle cases involving: rem X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
if (isa<SelectInst>(Op1) && SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(I))
return &I;
return 0;
}
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer remainder
/// instructions (urem and srem). It is called by the visitors to those integer
/// remainder instructions.
/// @brief Common integer remainder transforms
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Instruction *common = commonRemTransforms(I))
return common;
// 0 % X == 0 for integer, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (Constant *LHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0))
if (LHS->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// X % 0 == undef, we don't need to preserve faults!
if (RHS->equalsInt(0))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0)) {
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0I)) {
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
} else if (isa<PHINode>(Op0I)) {
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
// See if we can fold away this rem instruction.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitURem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Instruction *common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
return common;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// X urem C^2 -> X and C
// Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
// if so, convert to a bitwise and.
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS))
if (C->getValue().isPowerOf2())
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(C));
}
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(1))) {
// Turn A % (C << N), where C is 2^k, into A & ((C << N)-1)
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
if (cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
Constant *N1 = Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(RHSI, N1, "tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0, Add);
}
}
}
// urem X, (select Cond, 2^C1, 2^C2) --> select Cond, (and X, C1), (and X, C2)
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
// STO == 0 and SFO == 0 handled above.
if ((STO->getValue().isPowerOf2()) &&
(SFO->getValue().isPowerOf2())) {
Value *TrueAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(STO),
SI->getName()+".t");
Value *FalseAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0, SubOne(SFO),
SI->getName()+".f");
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// Handle the integer rem common cases
if (Instruction *Common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
return Common;
if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
if (!isa<Constant>(RHSNeg) ||
(isa<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg) &&
cast<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue().isStrictlyPositive())) {
// X % -Y -> X % Y
Worklist.AddValue(I.getOperand(1));
I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
return &I;
}
// If the sign bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a urem.
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask) && MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
// X srem Y -> X urem Y, iff X and Y don't have sign bit set
return BinaryOperator::CreateURem(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
}
}
// If it's a constant vector, flip any negative values positive.
if (ConstantVector *RHSV = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(Op1)) {
unsigned VWidth = RHSV->getNumOperands();
bool hasNegative = false;
for (unsigned i = 0; !hasNegative && i != VWidth; ++i)
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV->getOperand(i)))
if (RHS->getValue().isNegative())
hasNegative = true;
if (hasNegative) {
std::vector<Constant *> Elts(VWidth);
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i) {
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV->getOperand(i))) {
if (RHS->getValue().isNegative())
Elts[i] = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
else
Elts[i] = RHS;
}
}
Constant *NewRHSV = ConstantVector::get(Elts);
if (NewRHSV != RHSV) {
Worklist.AddValue(I.getOperand(1));
I.setOperand(1, NewRHSV);
return &I;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonRemTransforms(I);
}
// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
// constant.
static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
return CI->getValue().isPowerOf2();
}
// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
// This is the same as lowones(~X).
static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
return (~CI->getValue() + 1).isPowerOf2();
}
/// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits
/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
///
/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
///
/// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the
/// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B)
///
/// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows:
/// 0 A > B
/// 1 A == B
/// 2 A < B
///
/// <=> Value Definition
/// 000 0 Always false
/// 001 1 A > B
/// 010 2 A == B
/// 011 3 A >= B
/// 100 4 A < B
/// 101 5 A != B
/// 110 6 A <= B
/// 111 7 Always true
///
static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) {
switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
// False -> 0
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110
// True -> 7
default:
llvm_unreachable("Invalid ICmp predicate!");
return 0;
}
}
/// getFCmpCode - Similar to getICmpCode but for FCmpInst. This encodes a fcmp
/// predicate into a three bit mask. It also returns whether it is an ordered
/// predicate by reference.
static unsigned getFCmpCode(FCmpInst::Predicate CC, bool &isOrdered) {
isOrdered = false;
switch (CC) {
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: isOrdered = true; return 0; // 000
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return 0; // 000
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: isOrdered = true; return 1; // 001
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: isOrdered = true; return 2; // 010
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return 2; // 010
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: isOrdered = true; return 3; // 011
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: isOrdered = true; return 4; // 100
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: isOrdered = true; return 5; // 101
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return 5; // 101
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: isOrdered = true; return 6; // 110
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
// True -> 7
default:
// Not expecting FCMP_FALSE and FCMP_TRUE;
llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FCmp predicate!");
return 0;
}
}
/// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an
/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand
/// new ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind
/// of predicate to use in the new icmp instruction.
static Value *getICmpValue(bool sign, unsigned code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
LLVMContext *Context) {
switch (code) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal ICmp code!");
case 0: return ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context);
case 1:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
case 2: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
case 3:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
case 4:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
case 5: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
case 6:
if (sign)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context);
}
}
/// getFCmpValue - This is the complement of getFCmpCode, which turns an
/// opcode and two operands into either a FCmp instruction. isordered is passed
/// in to determine which kind of predicate to use in the new fcmp instruction.
static Value *getFCmpValue(bool isordered, unsigned code,
Value *LHS, Value *RHS, LLVMContext *Context) {
switch (code) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal FCmp code!");
case 0:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO, LHS, RHS);
case 1:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
case 2:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ, LHS, RHS);
case 3:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
case 4:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
case 5:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE, LHS, RHS);
case 6:
if (isordered)
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE, LHS, RHS);
else
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context);
}
}
/// PredicatesFoldable - Return true if both predicates match sign or if at
/// least one of them is an equality comparison (which is signless).
static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) {
return (CmpInst::isSigned(p1) == CmpInst::isSigned(p2)) ||
(CmpInst::isSigned(p1) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p2)) ||
(CmpInst::isSigned(p2) && ICmpInst::isEquality(p1));
}
namespace {
// FoldICmpLogical - Implements (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
struct FoldICmpLogical {
InstCombiner &IC;
Value *LHS, *RHS;
ICmpInst::Predicate pred;
FoldICmpLogical(InstCombiner &ic, ICmpInst *ICI)
: IC(ic), LHS(ICI->getOperand(0)), RHS(ICI->getOperand(1)),
pred(ICI->getPredicate()) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(V))
if (PredicatesFoldable(pred, ICI->getPredicate()))
return ((ICI->getOperand(0) == LHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == RHS) ||
(ICI->getOperand(0) == RHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS));
return false;
}
Instruction *apply(Instruction &Log) const {
ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
if (ICI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
assert(ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
ICI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the ICmp
}
ICmpInst *RHSICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(1));
unsigned LHSCode = getICmpCode(ICI);
unsigned RHSCode = getICmpCode(RHSICI);
unsigned Code;
switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
default: llvm_unreachable("Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
}
bool isSigned = RHSICI->isSigned() || ICI->isSigned();
Value *RV = getICmpValue(isSigned, Code, LHS, RHS, IC.getContext());
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
return I;
// Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
}
};
} // end anonymous namespace
// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
// guaranteed to be a binary operator.
Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
ConstantInt *OpRHS,
ConstantInt *AndRHS,
BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Constant *Together = 0;
if (!Op->isShift())
Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Xor:
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
And->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(And, Together);
}
break;
case Instruction::Or:
if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
// (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, Together);
Or->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or, AndRHS);
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
// of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
// single bit constant.
const APInt& AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getValue();
// If there is only one bit set...
if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
// Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
// ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
// no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
const APInt& AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getValue();
// Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
// If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
// the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
// the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
// no effect.
if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
return &TheAnd;
} else {
// Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Value *NewAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(X, AndRHS);
NewAnd->takeName(Op);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
}
}
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl: {
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
//
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShlMask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-OpRHSVal));
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(*Context, AndRHS->getValue() & ShlMask);
if (CI->getValue() == ShlMask) {
// Masking out bits that the shift already masks
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
} else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
return &TheAnd;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::LShr:
{
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
// unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
//
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
ConstantInt *CI = ConstantInt::get(*Context, AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
if (CI->getValue() == ShrMask) {
// Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
} else if (CI != AndRHS) {
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
return &TheAnd;
}
break;
}
case Instruction::AShr:
// Signed shr.
// See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
// with an and.
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHS->getType()->getBitWidth();
uint32_t OpRHSVal = OpRHS->getLimitedValue(BitWidth);
APInt ShrMask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - OpRHSVal));
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(*Context, AndRHS->getValue() & ShrMask);
if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
// (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2
// Make the argument unsigned.
Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
ShVal = Builder->CreateLShr(ShVal, OpRHS, Op->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName());
}
}
break;
}
return 0;
}
/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates
/// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to
/// insert new instructions.
Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
bool isSigned, bool Inside,
Instruction &IB) {
assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() &&
"Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
if (Inside) {
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V);
// V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT);
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
}
// Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo
Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound);
}
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V);
// V < Min || V >= Hi -> V > Hi-1
Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT);
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
}
// Emit V-Lo >u Hi-1-Lo
// Note that Hi has already had one subtracted from it, above.
ConstantInt *NegLo = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo));
Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound);
}
// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, uint32_t &MB, uint32_t &ME) {
const APInt& V = Val->getValue();
uint32_t BitWidth = Val->getType()->getBitWidth();
if (!APIntOps::isShiftedMask(BitWidth, V)) return false;
// look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
MB = BitWidth - ((V - 1) ^ V).countLeadingZeros();
// look for the first non-zero bit
ME = V.getActiveBits();
return true;
}
/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
/// the following xforms:
///
/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
///
/// return (A +/- B).
///
Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub,
Instruction &I) {
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
!isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
default: return 0;
case Instruction::And:
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) {
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) ==
Mask->getValue().getBitWidth())
break;
// Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
// part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
// is all N is, ignore it.
uint32_t MB = 0, ME = 0;
if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, MB-1));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask))
break;
}
}
return 0;
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
if ((Mask->getValue().countLeadingZeros() +
Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth()
&& ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue())
break;
return 0;
}
if (isSub)
return Builder->CreateSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
return Builder->CreateAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
}
/// FoldAndOfICmps - Fold (icmp)&(icmp) if possible.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(Instruction &I,
ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
// (icmp eq A, null) & (icmp eq B, null) -->
// (icmp eq (ptrtoint(A)|ptrtoint(B)), 0)
if (TD &&
LHS->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
RHS->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ &&
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(I.getContext());
Value *A = Builder->CreatePtrToInt(LHS->getOperand(0), IntPtrTy);
Value *B = Builder->CreatePtrToInt(RHS->getOperand(0), IntPtrTy);
Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, B);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, NewOr,
Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy));
}
Value *Val, *Val2;
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
// This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 B, C2).
if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val),
m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
!match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2),
m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
return 0;
if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) {
// (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C)
// where C is a power of 2
if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT &&
LHSCst->getValue().isPowerOf2()) {
Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
}
// (icmp eq A, 0) & (icmp eq B, 0) --> (icmp eq (A|B), 0)
if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCst->isZero()) {
Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
}
}
// From here on, we only handle:
// (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
if (Val != Val2) return 0;
// ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
return 0;
// We can't fold (ugt x, C) & (sgt x, C2).
if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
return 0;
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
bool ShouldSwap;
if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
(ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
else
ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
if (ShouldSwap) {
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
}
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
// comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
// icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know
// (from the FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants
// are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
switch (LHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Val, LHSCst);
break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Val, LHSCst);
break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add,
ConstantInt::get(Add->getType(), 1));
}
break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
RHSCst, false, true, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, Val, RHSCst);
break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) -> (X-14) s< 1
return InsertRangeTest(Val, AddOne(LHSCst),
RHSCst, true, true, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
FCmpInst *RHS) {
if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD &&
RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD) {
// (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y)
if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
// If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
// false.
if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
}
// Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
// "fcmp ord x,x" is "fcmp ord x, 0".
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD,
LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
return 0;
}
Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
// Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
}
if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
// Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) & (fcmp cc1 x, y).
if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC, Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
bool Op0Ordered;
bool Op1Ordered;
unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
if (Op1Pred == 0) {
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
std::swap(Op0Pred, Op1Pred);
std::swap(Op0Ordered, Op1Ordered);
}
if (Op0Pred == 0) {
// uno && ueq -> uno && (uno || eq) -> ueq
// ord && olt -> ord && (ord && lt) -> olt
if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
// uno && oeq -> uno && (ord && eq) -> false
// uno && ord -> false
if (!Op0Ordered)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
// ord && ueq -> ord && (uno || eq) -> oeq
return cast<Instruction>(getFCmpValue(true, Op1Pred,
Op0LHS, Op0RHS, Context));
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Value *V = SimplifyAndInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
const APInt &AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getValue();
APInt NotAndRHS(~AndRHSMask);
// Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Or:
// If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
if (!Op0I->hasOneUse()) break;
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
// Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
Value *NewRHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
}
if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
// Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
Value *NewLHS = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0I->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
// ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
// ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
break;
case Instruction::Sub:
// ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
// ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
// ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V, AndRHS);
// (A - N) & AndRHS -> -N & AndRHS iff A&AndRHS==0 and AndRHS
// has 1's for all bits that the subtraction with A might affect.
if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
uint32_t BitWidth = AndRHSMask.getBitWidth();
uint32_t Zeros = AndRHSMask.countLeadingZeros();
APInt Mask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - Zeros);
ConstantInt *A = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0LHS);
if (!(A && A->isZero()) && // avoid infinite recursion.
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, Mask)) {
Value *NewNeg = Builder->CreateNeg(Op0RHS);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewNeg, AndRHS);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl:
case Instruction::LShr:
// (1 << x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
// (1 >> x) & 1 --> zext(x == 0)
if (AndRHSMask == 1 && Op0LHS == AndRHS) {
Value *NewICmp =
Builder->CreateICmpEQ(Op0RHS, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
return new ZExtInst(NewICmp, I.getType());
}
break;
}
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
return Res;
} else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
// If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
// if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
// frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) &&
CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
if (ConstantInt *AndCI =dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1))){
if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
// Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
// into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
// This will fold the two constants together, which may allow
// other simplifications.
Value *NewCast = Builder->CreateTruncOrBitCast(
CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
// trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewCast, C3);
} else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
// into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS)
// trunc(C1)&C2
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
// (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
I.getName()+".demorgan");
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Or);
}
{
Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0;
// (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
// ~(A&B) & (A|B) -> A^B
if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op0, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) &&
((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B)
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
} else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A)
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands();
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
}
if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A)
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands();
std::swap(A, B);
}
if (A == Op0) // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(B, "tmp"));
}
// (A&((~A)|B)) -> A&B
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)), m_Value(A))) ||
match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op1)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op1);
if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)), m_Value(A))) ||
match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Not(m_Specific(Op0)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Op0);
}
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) {
// (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
return Res;
}
// fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ?
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
// (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Value *NewOp =
Builder->CreateAnd(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
SI0->getName());
return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
SI1->getOperand(1));
}
}
// If and'ing two fcmp, try combine them into one.
if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldAndOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
return Res;
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// CollectBSwapParts - Analyze the specified subexpression and see if it is
/// capable of providing pieces of a bswap. The subexpression provides pieces
/// of a bswap if it is proven that each of the non-zero bytes in the output of
/// the expression came from the corresponding "byte swapped" byte in some other
/// value. For example, if the current subexpression is "(shl i32 %X, 24)" then
/// we know that the expression deposits the low byte of %X into the high byte
/// of the bswap result and that all other bytes are zero. This expression is
/// accepted, the high byte of ByteValues is set to X to indicate a correct
/// match.
///
/// This function returns true if the match was unsuccessful and false if so.
/// On entry to the function the "OverallLeftShift" is a signed integer value
/// indicating the number of bytes that the subexpression is later shifted. For
/// example, if the expression is later right shifted by 16 bits, the
/// OverallLeftShift value would be -2 on entry. This is used to specify which
/// byte of ByteValues is actually being set.
///
/// Similarly, ByteMask is a bitmask where a bit is clear if its corresponding
/// byte is masked to zero by a user. For example, in (X & 255), X will be
/// processed with a bytemask of 1. Because bytemask is 32-bits, this limits
/// this function to working on up to 32-byte (256 bit) values. ByteMask is
/// always in the local (OverallLeftShift) coordinate space.
///
static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, int OverallLeftShift, uint32_t ByteMask,
SmallVector<Value*, 8> &ByteValues) {
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
// If this is an or instruction, it may be an inner node of the bswap.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
ByteValues) ||
CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
ByteValues);
}
// If this is a logical shift by a constant multiple of 8, recurse with
// OverallLeftShift and ByteMask adjusted.
if (I->isLogicalShift() && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
unsigned ShAmt =
cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getLimitedValue(~0U);
// Ensure the shift amount is defined and of a byte value.
if ((ShAmt & 7) || (ShAmt > 8*ByteValues.size()))
return true;
unsigned ByteShift = ShAmt >> 3;
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
// X << 2 -> collect(X, +2)
OverallLeftShift += ByteShift;
ByteMask >>= ByteShift;
} else {
// X >>u 2 -> collect(X, -2)
OverallLeftShift -= ByteShift;
ByteMask <<= ByteShift;
ByteMask &= (~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size()));
}
if (OverallLeftShift >= (int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
if (OverallLeftShift <= -(int)ByteValues.size()) return true;
return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
ByteValues);
}
// If this is a logical 'and' with a mask that clears bytes, clear the
// corresponding bytes in ByteMask.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// Scan every byte of the and mask, seeing if the byte is either 0 or 255.
unsigned NumBytes = ByteValues.size();
APInt Byte(I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), 255);
const APInt &AndMask = cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getValue();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumBytes; ++i, Byte <<= 8) {
// If this byte is masked out by a later operation, we don't care what
// the and mask is.
if ((ByteMask & (1 << i)) == 0)
continue;
// If the AndMask is all zeros for this byte, clear the bit.
APInt MaskB = AndMask & Byte;
if (MaskB == 0) {
ByteMask &= ~(1U << i);
continue;
}
// If the AndMask is not all ones for this byte, it's not a bytezap.
if (MaskB != Byte)
return true;
// Otherwise, this byte is kept.
}
return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), OverallLeftShift, ByteMask,
ByteValues);
}
}
// Okay, we got to something that isn't a shift, 'or' or 'and'. This must be
// the input value to the bswap. Some observations: 1) if more than one byte
// is demanded from this input, then it could not be successfully assembled
// into a byteswap. At least one of the two bytes would not be aligned with
// their ultimate destination.
if (!isPowerOf2_32(ByteMask)) return true;
unsigned InputByteNo = CountTrailingZeros_32(ByteMask);
// 2) The input and ultimate destinations must line up: if byte 3 of an i32
// is demanded, it needs to go into byte 0 of the result. This means that the
// byte needs to be shifted until it lands in the right byte bucket. The
// shift amount depends on the position: if the byte is coming from the high
// part of the value (e.g. byte 3) then it must be shifted right. If from the
// low part, it must be shifted left.
unsigned DestByteNo = InputByteNo + OverallLeftShift;
if (InputByteNo < ByteValues.size()/2) {
if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
return true;
} else {
if (ByteValues.size()-1-DestByteNo != InputByteNo)
return true;
}
// If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
// together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
if (ByteValues[DestByteNo] && ByteValues[DestByteNo] != V)
return true;
ByteValues[DestByteNo] = V;
return false;
}
/// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom.
/// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it.
Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) {
const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16 ||
// ByteMask only allows up to 32-byte values.
ITy->getBitWidth() > 32*8)
return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors.
/// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value
/// defines each byte.
SmallVector<Value*, 8> ByteValues;
ByteValues.resize(ITy->getBitWidth()/8);
// Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap.
uint32_t ByteMask = ~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size());
if (CollectBSwapParts(&I, 0, ByteMask, ByteValues))
return 0;
// Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value.
Value *V = ByteValues[0];
if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero.
// Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i)
if (ByteValues[i] != V)
return 0;
const Type *Tys[] = { ITy };
Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, Tys, 1);
return CallInst::Create(F, V);
}
/// MatchSelectFromAndOr - We have an expression of the form (A&C)|(B&D). Check
/// If A is (cond?-1:0) and either B or D is ~(cond?-1,0) or (cond?0,-1), then
/// we can simplify this expression to "cond ? C : D or B".
static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B,
Value *C, Value *D,
LLVMContext *Context) {
// If A is not a select of -1/0, this cannot match.
Value *Cond = 0;
if (!match(A, m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Value(Cond))))
return 0;
// ((cond?-1:0)&C) | (B&(cond?0:-1)) -> cond ? C : B.
if (match(D, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
if (match(D, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, B);
// ((cond?-1:0)&C) | ((cond?0:-1)&D) -> cond ? C : D.
if (match(B, m_SelectCst<0, -1>(m_Specific(Cond))))
return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
if (match(B, m_Not(m_SelectCst<-1, 0>(m_Specific(Cond)))))
return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D);
return 0;
}
/// FoldOrOfICmps - Fold (icmp)|(icmp) if possible.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(Instruction &I,
ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) {
// (icmp ne A, null) | (icmp ne B, null) -->
// (icmp ne (ptrtoint(A)|ptrtoint(B)), 0)
if (TD &&
LHS->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
RHS->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(I.getContext());
Value *A = Builder->CreatePtrToInt(LHS->getOperand(0), IntPtrTy);
Value *B = Builder->CreatePtrToInt(RHS->getOperand(0), IntPtrTy);
Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, B);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, NewOr,
Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy));
}
Value *Val, *Val2;
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
// This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 B, C2).
if (!match(LHS, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(Val), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))) ||
!match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(Val2), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
return 0;
// (icmp ne A, 0) | (icmp ne B, 0) --> (icmp ne (A|B), 0)
if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC &&
LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && LHSCst->isZero()) {
Value *NewOr = Builder->CreateOr(Val, Val2);
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, NewOr, LHSCst);
}
// From here on, we only handle:
// (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler.
if (Val != Val2) return 0;
// ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere.
if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE ||
RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
return 0;
// We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2).
if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC))
return 0;
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
bool ShouldSwap;
if (CmpInst::isSigned(LHSCC) ||
(ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) &&
CmpInst::isSigned(RHSCC)))
ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().sgt(RHSCst->getValue());
else
ShouldSwap = LHSCst->getValue().ugt(RHSCst->getValue());
if (ShouldSwap) {
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
}
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
// comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
// ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the
// FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants are not
// equal.
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
switch (LHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {
// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
Value *Add = Builder->CreateAdd(Val, AddCST, Val->getName()+".off");
AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST);
}
break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) -> (X-13) u> 2
// If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
// this can cause overflow.
if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(false))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
false, false, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) -> (X-13) s> 2
// If RHSCst is [us]MAXINT, it is always false. Not handling
// this can cause overflow.
if (RHSCst->isMaxValue(true))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
return InsertRangeTest(Val, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst),
true, false, I);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
switch (RHSCC) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown integer condition code!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
break;
}
break;
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(Instruction &I, FCmpInst *LHS,
FCmpInst *RHS) {
if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO &&
LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() == RHS->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1)))
if (ConstantFP *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHS->getOperand(1))) {
// If either of the constants are nans, then the whole thing returns
// true.
if (LHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN() || RHSC->getValueAPF().isNaN())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
// Otherwise, no need to compare the two constants, compare the
// rest.
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
}
// Handle vector zeros. This occurs because the canonical form of
// "fcmp uno x,x" is "fcmp uno x, 0".
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) &&
isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1)))
return new FCmpInst(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO,
LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0));
return 0;
}
Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1);
Value *Op1LHS = RHS->getOperand(0), *Op1RHS = RHS->getOperand(1);
FCmpInst::Predicate Op0CC = LHS->getPredicate(), Op1CC = RHS->getPredicate();
if (Op0LHS == Op1RHS && Op0RHS == Op1LHS) {
// Swap RHS operands to match LHS.
Op1CC = FCmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Op1CC);
std::swap(Op1LHS, Op1RHS);
}
if (Op0LHS == Op1LHS && Op0RHS == Op1RHS) {
// Simplify (fcmp cc0 x, y) | (fcmp cc1 x, y).
if (Op0CC == Op1CC)
return new FCmpInst((FCmpInst::Predicate)Op0CC,
Op0LHS, Op0RHS);
if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE || Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
if (Op1CC == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
bool Op0Ordered;
bool Op1Ordered;
unsigned Op0Pred = getFCmpCode(Op0CC, Op0Ordered);
unsigned Op1Pred = getFCmpCode(Op1CC, Op1Ordered);
if (Op0Ordered == Op1Ordered) {
// If both are ordered or unordered, return a new fcmp with
// or'ed predicates.
Value *RV = getFCmpValue(Op0Ordered, Op0Pred|Op1Pred,
Op0LHS, Op0RHS, Context);
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
return I;
// Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RV);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// FoldOrWithConstants - This helper function folds:
///
/// ((A | B) & C1) | (B & C2)
///
/// into:
///
/// (A & C1) | B
///
/// when the XOR of the two constants is "all ones" (-1).
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op,
Value *A, Value *B, Value *C) {
ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
if (!CI1) return 0;
Value *V1 = 0;
ConstantInt *CI2 = 0;
if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return 0;
APInt Xor = CI1->getValue() ^ CI2->getValue();
if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return 0;
if (V1 == A || V1 == B) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd((V1 == A) ? B : A, CI1);
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NewOp, V1);
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Value *V = SimplifyOrInst(Op0, Op1, TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0;
// (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Or->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Or,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, RHS->getValue() | C1->getValue()));
}
// (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(X, RHS);
Or->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Or,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, C1->getValue() & ~RHS->getValue()));
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0;
// (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible.
// (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible.
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
(match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) &&
match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I))
return BSwap;
}
// (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getValue())) {
Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op1);
NOr->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
}
// Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getValue())) {
Value *NOr = Builder->CreateOr(A, Op0);
NOr->takeName(Op0);
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NOr, C1);
}
// (A & C)|(B & D)
Value *C = 0, *D = 0;
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) &&
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) {
Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0, *V3 = 0;
C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C);
C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D);
if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2)
// If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
// .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
// replace with V+N.
if (C1->getValue() == ~C2->getValue()) {
if ((C2->getValue() & (C2->getValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
// Add commutes, try both ways.
if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
}
// Or commutes, try both ways.
if ((C1->getValue() & (C1->getValue()+1)) == 0 &&
match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
// Add commutes, try both ways.
if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getValue()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
}
}
V1 = 0; V2 = 0; V3 = 0;
}
// Check to see if we have any common things being and'ed. If so, find the
// terms for V1 & (V2|V3).
if (isOnlyUse(Op0) || isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
if (A == B) // (A & C)|(A & D) == A & (C|D)
V1 = A, V2 = C, V3 = D;
else if (A == D) // (A & C)|(B & A) == A & (B|C)
V1 = A, V2 = B, V3 = C;
else if (C == B) // (A & C)|(C & D) == C & (A|D)
V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = D;
else if (C == D) // (A & C)|(B & C) == C & (A|B)
V1 = C, V2 = A, V3 = B;
if (V1) {
Value *Or = Builder->CreateOr(V2, V3, "tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(V1, Or);
}
}
// (A & (C0?-1:0)) | (B & ~(C0?-1:0)) -> C0 ? A : B, and commuted variants
if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(A, B, C, D, Context))
return Match;
if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(B, A, D, C, Context))
return Match;
if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(C, B, A, D, Context))
return Match;
if (Instruction *Match = MatchSelectFromAndOr(D, A, B, C, Context))
return Match;
// ((A&~B)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, D);
// ((~B&A)|(~A&B)) -> A^B
if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(D))) &&
match(B, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, D);
// ((A&~B)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
if ((match(C, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(A)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
// ((~B&A)|(B&~A)) -> A^B
if ((match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(B))) &&
match(D, m_Not(m_Specific(C)))))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(C, B);
}
// (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (BinaryOperator *SI1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (BinaryOperator *SI0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (SI0->isShift() && SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(SI0->getOperand(0), SI1->getOperand(0),
SI0->getName());
return BinaryOperator::Create(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp,
SI1->getOperand(1));
}
}
// ((A|B)&1)|(B&-2) -> (A&1) | B
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op1, A, B, C);
if (Ret) return Ret;
}
// (B&-2)|((A|B)&1) -> (A&1) | B
if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)), m_Value(C))) ||
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) {
Instruction *Ret = FoldOrWithConstants(I, Op0, A, B, C);
if (Ret) return Ret;
}
// (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0))
if (Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1))
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
I.getName()+".demorgan");
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(And);
}
// (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
if (ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfICmps(I, LHS, RHS))
return Res;
}
// fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ?
if (!isa<ICmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0)) ||
!isa<ICmpInst>(Op1C->getOperand(0))) {
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() &&
SrcTy->isIntOrIntVector() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be
// generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateOr(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
}
}
// (fcmp uno x, c) | (fcmp uno y, c) -> (fcmp uno x, y)
if (FCmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
if (FCmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldOrOfFCmps(I, LHS, RHS))
return Res;
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
namespace {
// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
struct XorSelf {
Value *RHS;
XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
return &Xor;
}
};
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
// Handle undef ^ undef -> 0 special case. This is a common
// idiom (misuse).
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
}
// xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?"); Result=Result;
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
if (isa<VectorType>(I.getType()))
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Op1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X ^ <0,0> -> X
// Is this a ~ operation?
if (Value *NotOp = dyn_castNotVal(&I)) {
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NotOp)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
// ~(~X | Y) === (X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Op0I->swapOperands();
if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Value *NotY =
Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Op0NotVal, NotY);
}
// ~(X & Y) --> (~X | ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
// ~(X | Y) === (~X & ~Y) - De Morgan's Law
if (isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(0)) &&
isFreeToInvert(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
Value *NotX =
Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(0), "notlhs");
Value *NotY =
Builder->CreateNot(Op0I->getOperand(1), "notrhs");
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And)
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotX, NotY);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotX, NotY);
}
}
}
}
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (RHS->isOne() && Op0->hasOneUse()) {
// xor (cmp A, B), true = not (cmp A, B) = !cmp A, B
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(),
ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1));
if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(Op0))
return new FCmpInst(FCI->getInversePredicate(),
FCI->getOperand(0), FCI->getOperand(1));
}
// fold (xor(zext(cmp)), 1) and (xor(sext(cmp)), -1) to ext(!cmp).
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(Op0C->getOperand(0))) {
if (CI->hasOneUse() && Op0C->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction::CastOps Opcode = Op0C->getOpcode();
if ((Opcode == Instruction::ZExt || Opcode == Instruction::SExt) &&
(RHS == ConstantExpr::getCast(Opcode,
ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context),
Op0C->getDestTy()))) {
CI->setPredicate(CI->getInversePredicate());
return CastInst::Create(Opcode, CI, Op0C->getType());
}
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
// ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
}
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
// ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(
ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Op0I->getOperand(0));
} else if (RHS->getValue().isSignBit()) {
// (X + C) ^ signbit -> (X + C + signbit)
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(*Context,
RHS->getValue() + Op0CI->getValue());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(Op0I->getOperand(0), C);
}
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getValue())) {
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS);
// Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from
// NewRHS.
Constant *CommonBits = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Op0CI, RHS);
NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS,
ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits));
Worklist.Add(Op0I);
I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0));
I.setOperand(1, NewRHS);
return &I;
}
}
}
}
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
}
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
if (X == Op1)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
if (X == Op0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
if (Op1I) {
Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
Op1I->swapOperands();
I.swapOperands();
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
} else if (B == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
} else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(B)))) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // A^(A^B) == B
} else if (match(Op1I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op0)))) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // A^(B^A) == B
} else if (match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Op1I->hasOneUse()){
if (A == Op0) { // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A)
Op1I->swapOperands();
std::swap(A, B);
}
if (B == Op0) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
}
}
}
BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
if (Op0I) {
Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
if (A == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
std::swap(A, B);
if (B == Op1) // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, Builder->CreateNot(Op1, "tmp"));
} else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(B)))) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B); // (A^B)^A == B
} else if (match(Op0I, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Specific(Op1)))) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A); // (B^A)^A == B
} else if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
Op0I->hasOneUse()){
if (A == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A
std::swap(A, B);
if (B == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A
!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Builder->CreateNot(A, "tmp"), Op1);
}
}
}
// (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts.
if (Op0I && Op1I && Op0I->isShift() &&
Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() &&
Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1) &&
(Op1I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse())) {
Value *NewOp =
Builder->CreateXor(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op1I->getOperand(0),
Op0I->getName());
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op1I->getOpcode(), NewOp,
Op1I->getOperand(1));
}
if (Op0I && Op1I) {
Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
// (A & B)^(A | B) -> A ^ B
if (match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_Or(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
// (A | B)^(A & B) -> A ^ B
if (match(Op0I, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
if ((A == C && B == D) || (A == D && B == C))
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(A, B);
}
// (A & B)^(C & D)
if ((Op0I->hasOneUse() || Op1I->hasOneUse()) &&
match(Op0I, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1I, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
// (X & Y)^(X & Y) -> (Y^Z) & X
Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
if (A == C)
X = A, Y = B, Z = D;
else if (A == D)
X = A, Y = B, Z = C;
else if (B == C)
X = B, Y = A, Z = D;
else if (B == D)
X = B, Y = A, Z = C;
if (X) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Y, Z, Op0->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NewOp, X);
}
}
}
// (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
return R;
// fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B))
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind?
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD) &&
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
I.getType(), TD)) {
Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateXor(Op0C->getOperand(0),
Op1C->getOperand(0), I.getName());
return CastInst::Create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
static ConstantInt *ExtractElement(Constant *V, Constant *Idx,
LLVMContext *Context) {
return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getExtractElement(V, Idx));
}
static bool HasAddOverflow(ConstantInt *Result,
ConstantInt *In1, ConstantInt *In2,
bool IsSigned) {
if (IsSigned)
if (In2->getValue().isNegative())
return Result->getValue().sgt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().slt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().ult(In1->getValue());
}
/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
/// overflowed for this type.
static bool AddWithOverflow(Constant *&Result, Constant *In1,
Constant *In2, LLVMContext *Context,
bool IsSigned = false) {
Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2);
if (const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(In1->getType())) {
for (unsigned i = 0, e = VTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
Constant *Idx = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i);
if (HasAddOverflow(ExtractElement(Result, Idx, Context),
ExtractElement(In1, Idx, Context),
ExtractElement(In2, Idx, Context),
IsSigned))
return true;
}
return false;
}
return HasAddOverflow(cast<ConstantInt>(Result),
cast<ConstantInt>(In1), cast<ConstantInt>(In2),
IsSigned);
}
static bool HasSubOverflow(ConstantInt *Result,
ConstantInt *In1, ConstantInt *In2,
bool IsSigned) {
if (IsSigned)
if (In2->getValue().isNegative())
return Result->getValue().slt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().sgt(In1->getValue());
else
return Result->getValue().ugt(In1->getValue());
}
/// SubWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1-In2, returning true if the result
/// overflowed for this type.
static bool SubWithOverflow(Constant *&Result, Constant *In1,
Constant *In2, LLVMContext *Context,
bool IsSigned = false) {
Result = ConstantExpr::getSub(In1, In2);
if (const VectorType *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(In1->getType())) {
for (unsigned i = 0, e = VTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
Constant *Idx = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i);
if (HasSubOverflow(ExtractElement(Result, Idx, Context),
ExtractElement(In1, Idx, Context),
ExtractElement(In2, Idx, Context),
IsSigned))
return true;
}
return false;
}
return HasSubOverflow(cast<ConstantInt>(Result),
cast<ConstantInt>(In1), cast<ConstantInt>(In2),
IsSigned);
}
/// FoldGEPICmp - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond,
Instruction &I) {
// Look through bitcasts.
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(RHS))
RHS = BCI->getOperand(0);
Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
if (TD && PtrBase == RHS && GEPLHS->isInBounds()) {
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
// This transformation (ignoring the base and scales) is valid because we
// know pointers can't overflow since the gep is inbounds. See if we can
// output an optimized form.
Value *Offset = EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(GEPLHS, I, *this);
// If not, synthesize the offset the hard way.
if (Offset == 0)
Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, *this);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), Offset,
Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
} else if (GEPOperator *GEPRHS = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(RHS)) {
// If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
// compare the base pointer.
if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
if (IndicesTheSame)
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
IndicesTheSame = false;
break;
}
// If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
if (IndicesTheSame)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond),
GEPLHS->getOperand(0), GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
// Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
// different, bail out.
return 0;
}
// If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
bool AllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
AllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeros)
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond), I);
// If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
AllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
AllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeros)
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
// If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
// Irreconcilable differences.
NumDifferences = 2;
break;
} else {
if (NumDifferences++) break;
DiffOperand = i;
}
}
if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context),
ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Cond)));
else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
// Make sure we do a signed comparison here.
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), LHSV, RHSV);
}
}
// Only lower this if the icmp is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
// the result to fold to a constant!
if (TD &&
(isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
(isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, *this);
Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, *this);
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), L, R);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst - Fold fcmp ([us]itofp x, cst) if possible.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I,
Instruction *LHSI,
Constant *RHSC) {
if (!isa<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) return 0;
const APFloat &RHS = cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)->getValueAPF();
// Get the width of the mantissa. We don't want to hack on conversions that
// might lose information from the integer, e.g. "i64 -> float"
int MantissaWidth = LHSI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth();
if (MantissaWidth == -1) return 0; // Unknown.
// Check to see that the input is converted from an integer type that is small
// enough that preserves all bits. TODO: check here for "known" sign bits.
// This would allow us to handle (fptosi (x >>s 62) to float) if x is i64 f.e.
unsigned InputSize = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
// If this is a uitofp instruction, we need an extra bit to hold the sign.
bool LHSUnsigned = isa<UIToFPInst>(LHSI);
if (LHSUnsigned)
++InputSize;
// If the conversion would lose info, don't hack on this.
if ((int)InputSize > MantissaWidth)
return 0;
// Otherwise, we can potentially simplify the comparison. We know that it
// will always come through as an integer value and we know the constant is
// not a NAN (it would have been previously simplified).
assert(!RHS.isNaN() && "NaN comparison not already folded!");
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected predicate!");
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ:
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT:
Pred = LHSUnsigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE:
Pred = LHSUnsigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT:
Pred = LHSUnsigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT : ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE:
Pred = LHSUnsigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE : ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE:
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE:
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
break;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD:
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO:
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
}
const IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType());
// Now we know that the APFloat is a normal number, zero or inf.
// See if the FP constant is too large for the integer. For example,
// comparing an i8 to 300.0.
unsigned IntWidth = IntTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
if (!LHSUnsigned) {
// If the RHS value is > SignedMax, fold the comparison. This handles +INF
// and large values.
APFloat SMax(RHS.getSemantics(), APFloat::fcZero, false);
SMax.convertFromAPInt(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(IntWidth), true,
APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
if (SMax.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpLessThan) { // smax < 13123.0
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT ||
Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
}
} else {
// If the RHS value is > UnsignedMax, fold the comparison. This handles
// +INF and large values.
APFloat UMax(RHS.getSemantics(), APFloat::fcZero, false);
UMax.convertFromAPInt(APInt::getMaxValue(IntWidth), false,
APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
if (UMax.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpLessThan) { // umax < 13123.0
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
}
}
if (!LHSUnsigned) {
// See if the RHS value is < SignedMin.
APFloat SMin(RHS.getSemantics(), APFloat::fcZero, false);
SMin.convertFromAPInt(APInt::getSignedMinValue(IntWidth), true,
APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
if (SMin.compare(RHS) == APFloat::cmpGreaterThan) { // smin > 12312.0
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT ||
Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
}
}
// Okay, now we know that the FP constant fits in the range [SMIN, SMAX] or
// [0, UMAX], but it may still be fractional. See if it is fractional by
// casting the FP value to the integer value and back, checking for equality.
// Don't do this for zero, because -0.0 is not fractional.
Constant *RHSInt = LHSUnsigned
? ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(RHSC, IntTy)
: ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(RHSC, IntTy);
if (!RHS.isZero()) {
bool Equal = LHSUnsigned
? ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(RHSInt, RHSC->getType()) == RHSC
: ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(RHSInt, RHSC->getType()) == RHSC;
if (!Equal) {
// If we had a comparison against a fractional value, we have to adjust
// the compare predicate and sometimes the value. RHSC is rounded towards
// zero at this point.
switch (Pred) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer comparison!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (float)int != 4.4 --> true
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (float)int == 4.4 --> false
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
// (float)int <= 4.4 --> int <= 4
// (float)int <= -4.4 --> false
if (RHS.isNegative())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
// (float)int <= 4.4 --> int <= 4
// (float)int <= -4.4 --> int < -4
if (RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
// (float)int < -4.4 --> false
// (float)int < 4.4 --> int <= 4
if (RHS.isNegative())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
// (float)int < -4.4 --> int < -4
// (float)int < 4.4 --> int <= 4
if (!RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
// (float)int > 4.4 --> int > 4
// (float)int > -4.4 --> true
if (RHS.isNegative())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
// (float)int > 4.4 --> int > 4
// (float)int > -4.4 --> int >= -4
if (RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
// (float)int >= -4.4 --> true
// (float)int >= 4.4 --> int > 4
if (!RHS.isNegative())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
// (float)int >= -4.4 --> int >= -4
// (float)int >= 4.4 --> int > 4
if (!RHS.isNegative())
Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
break;
}
}
}
// Lower this FP comparison into an appropriate integer version of the
// comparison.
return new ICmpInst(Pred, LHSI->getOperand(0), RHSInt);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I) {
bool Changed = false;
/// Orders the operands of the compare so that they are listed from most
/// complex to least complex. This puts constants before unary operators,
/// before binary operators.
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1))) {
I.swapOperands();
Changed = true;
}
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Value *V = SimplifyFCmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0, Op1, TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
// Simplify 'fcmp pred X, X'
if (Op0 == Op1) {
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown predicate!");
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: // True if unordered: isnan(X) | isnan(Y)
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: // True if unordered or less than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: // True if unordered or greater than
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: // True if unordered or not equal
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp uno %X, 0.0'.
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
return &I;
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: // True if ordered (no nans)
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: // True if ordered and equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: // True if ordered and greater than or equal
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: // True if ordered and less than or equal
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp ord %X, 0.0'.
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
return &I;
}
}
// Handle fcmp with constant RHS
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::PHI:
// Only fold fcmp into the PHI if the phi and fcmp are in the same
// block. If in the same block, we're encouraging jump threading. If
// not, we are just pessimizing the code by making an i1 phi.
if (LHSI->getParent() == I.getParent())
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I, true))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::SIToFP:
case Instruction::UIToFP:
if (Instruction *NV = FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(I, LHSI, RHSC))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::Select:
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
Op2 = Builder->CreateFCmp(I.getPredicate(),
LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC, I.getName());
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
Op1 = Builder->CreateFCmp(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(1),
RHSC, I.getName());
}
}
if (Op1)
return SelectInst::Create(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
break;
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) {
bool Changed = false;
/// Orders the operands of the compare so that they are listed from most
/// complex to least complex. This puts constants before unary operators,
/// before binary operators.
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1))) {
I.swapOperands();
Changed = true;
}
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
if (Value *V = SimplifyICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0, Op1, TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
// icmp's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
if (Ty == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context)) {
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid icmp instruction!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // icmp eq i1 A, B -> ~(A^B)
Value *Xor = Builder->CreateXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Xor);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // icmp eq i1 A, B -> A^B
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(Op0, Op1);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp ugt -> icmp ult
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:{ // icmp ult i1 A, B -> ~A & B
Value *Not = Builder->CreateNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Not, Op1);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp sgt -> icmp slt
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { // icmp slt i1 A, B -> A & ~B
Value *Not = Builder->CreateNot(Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Not, Op0);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp uge -> icmp ule
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: { // icmp ule i1 A, B -> ~A | B
Value *Not = Builder->CreateNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Not, Op1);
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp sge -> icmp sle
// FALL THROUGH
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { // icmp sle i1 A, B -> A | ~B
Value *Not = Builder->CreateNot(Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(Not, Op0);
}
}
}
unsigned BitWidth = 0;
if (TD)
BitWidth = TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty->getScalarType());
else if (Ty->isIntOrIntVector())
BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits();
bool isSignBit = false;
// See if we are doing a comparison with a constant.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
// (icmp ne/eq (sub A B) 0) -> (icmp ne/eq A, B)
if (I.isEquality() && CI->isNullValue() &&
match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
// (icmp cond A B) if cond is equality
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, B);
}
// If we have an icmp le or icmp ge instruction, turn it into the
// appropriate icmp lt or icmp gt instruction. This allows us to rely on
// them being folded in the code below. The SimplifyICmpInst code has
// already handled the edge cases for us, so we just assert on them.
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
assert(!CI->isMaxValue(false)); // A <=u MAX -> TRUE
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Op0,
AddOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
assert(!CI->isMaxValue(true)); // A <=s MAX -> TRUE
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Op0,
AddOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
assert(!CI->isMinValue(false)); // A >=u MIN -> TRUE
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Op0,
SubOne(CI));
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
assert(!CI->isMinValue(true)); // A >=s MIN -> TRUE
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Op0,
SubOne(CI));
}
// If this comparison is a normal comparison, it demands all
// bits, if it is a sign bit comparison, it only demands the sign bit.
bool UnusedBit;
isSignBit = isSignBitCheck(I.getPredicate(), CI, UnusedBit);
}
// See if we can fold the comparison based on range information we can get
// by checking whether bits are known to be zero or one in the input.
if (BitWidth != 0) {
APInt Op0KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), Op0KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt Op1KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), Op1KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I.getOperandUse(0),
isSignBit ? APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth)
: APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
Op0KnownZero, Op0KnownOne, 0))
return &I;
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I.getOperandUse(1),
APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth),
Op1KnownZero, Op1KnownOne, 0))
return &I;
// Given the known and unknown bits, compute a range that the LHS could be
// in. Compute the Min, Max and RHS values based on the known bits. For the
// EQ and NE we use unsigned values.
APInt Op0Min(BitWidth, 0), Op0Max(BitWidth, 0);
APInt Op1Min(BitWidth, 0), Op1Max(BitWidth, 0);
if (I.isSigned()) {
ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Op0KnownZero, Op0KnownOne,
Op0Min, Op0Max);
ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Op1KnownZero, Op1KnownOne,
Op1Min, Op1Max);
} else {
ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Op0KnownZero, Op0KnownOne,
Op0Min, Op0Max);
ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Op1KnownZero, Op1KnownOne,
Op1Min, Op1Max);
}
// If Min and Max are known to be the same, then SimplifyDemandedBits
// figured out that the LHS is a constant. Just constant fold this now so
// that code below can assume that Min != Max.
if (!isa<Constant>(Op0) && Op0Min == Op0Max)
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Op0Min), Op1);
if (!isa<Constant>(Op1) && Op1Min == Op1Max)
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Op1Min));
// Based on the range information we know about the LHS, see if we can
// simplify this comparison. For example, (x&4) < 8 is always true.
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown icmp opcode!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (Op0Max.ult(Op1Min) || Op0Min.ugt(Op1Max))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (Op0Max.ult(Op1Min) || Op0Min.ugt(Op1Max))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
if (Op0Max.ult(Op1Min)) // A <u B -> true if max(A) < min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Min.uge(Op1Max)) // A <u B -> false if min(A) >= max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (Op1Min == Op0Max) // A <u B -> A != B if max(A) == min(B)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (Op1Max == Op0Min+1) // A <u C -> A == C-1 if min(A)+1 == C
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0,
SubOne(CI));
// (x <u 2147483648) -> (x >s -1) -> true if sign bit clear
if (CI->isMinValue(true))
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Op0,
Constant::getAllOnesValue(Op0->getType()));
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
if (Op0Min.ugt(Op1Max)) // A >u B -> true if min(A) > max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Max.ule(Op1Min)) // A >u B -> false if max(A) <= max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (Op1Max == Op0Min) // A >u B -> A != B if min(A) == max(B)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (Op1Min == Op0Max-1) // A >u C -> A == C+1 if max(a)-1 == C
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0,
AddOne(CI));
// (x >u 2147483647) -> (x <s 0) -> true if sign bit set
if (CI->isMaxValue(true))
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Op0,
Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (Op0Max.slt(Op1Min)) // A <s B -> true if max(A) < min(C)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Min.sge(Op1Max)) // A <s B -> false if min(A) >= max(C)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (Op1Min == Op0Max) // A <s B -> A != B if max(A) == min(B)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (Op1Max == Op0Min+1) // A <s C -> A == C-1 if min(A)+1 == C
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0,
SubOne(CI));
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
if (Op0Min.sgt(Op1Max)) // A >s B -> true if min(A) > max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Max.sle(Op1Min)) // A >s B -> false if max(A) <= min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (Op1Max == Op0Min) // A >s B -> A != B if min(A) == max(B)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
if (Op1Min == Op0Max-1) // A >s C -> A == C+1 if max(A)-1 == C
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0,
AddOne(CI));
}
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
assert(!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) && "ICMP_SGE with ConstantInt not folded!");
if (Op0Min.sge(Op1Max)) // A >=s B -> true if min(A) >= max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Max.slt(Op1Min)) // A >=s B -> false if max(A) < min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
assert(!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) && "ICMP_SLE with ConstantInt not folded!");
if (Op0Max.sle(Op1Min)) // A <=s B -> true if max(A) <= min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Min.sgt(Op1Max)) // A <=s B -> false if min(A) > max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
assert(!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) && "ICMP_UGE with ConstantInt not folded!");
if (Op0Min.uge(Op1Max)) // A >=u B -> true if min(A) >= max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Max.ult(Op1Min)) // A >=u B -> false if max(A) < min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
assert(!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) && "ICMP_ULE with ConstantInt not folded!");
if (Op0Max.ule(Op1Min)) // A <=u B -> true if max(A) <= min(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Op0Min.ugt(Op1Max)) // A <=u B -> false if min(A) > max(B)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
break;
}
// Turn a signed comparison into an unsigned one if both operands
// are known to have the same sign.
if (I.isSigned() &&
((Op0KnownZero.isNegative() && Op1KnownZero.isNegative()) ||
(Op0KnownOne.isNegative() && Op1KnownOne.isNegative())))
return new ICmpInst(I.getUnsignedPredicate(), Op0, Op1);
}
// Test if the ICmpInst instruction is used exclusively by a select as
// part of a minimum or maximum operation. If so, refrain from doing
// any other folding. This helps out other analyses which understand
// non-obfuscated minimum and maximum idioms, such as ScalarEvolution
// and CodeGen. And in this case, at least one of the comparison
// operands has at least one user besides the compare (the select),
// which would often largely negate the benefit of folding anyway.
if (I.hasOneUse())
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(*I.use_begin()))
if ((SI->getOperand(1) == Op0 && SI->getOperand(2) == Op1) ||
(SI->getOperand(2) == Op0 && SI->getOperand(1) == Op1))
return 0;
// See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
// can be folded into the comparison.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
// Since the RHS is a ConstantInt (CI), if the left hand side is an
// instruction, see if that instruction also has constants so that the
// instruction can be folded into the icmp
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
if (Instruction *Res = visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(I, LHSI, CI))
return Res;
}
// Handle icmp with constant (but not simple integer constant) RHS
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
// icmp pred GEP (P, int 0, int 0, int 0), null -> icmp pred P, null
bool isAllZeros = true;
for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
!cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
isAllZeros = false;
break;
}
if (isAllZeros)
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
}
break;
case Instruction::PHI:
// Only fold icmp into the PHI if the phi and icmp are in the same
// block. If in the same block, we're encouraging jump threading. If
// not, we are just pessimizing the code by making an i1 phi.
if (LHSI->getParent() == I.getParent())
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I, true))
return NV;
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
Op2 = Builder->CreateICmp(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(2),
RHSC, I.getName());
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
Op1 = Builder->CreateICmp(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(1),
RHSC, I.getName());
}
}
if (Op1)
return SelectInst::Create(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
break;
}
case Instruction::Call:
// If we have (malloc != null), and if the malloc has a single use, we
// can assume it is successful and remove the malloc.
if (isMalloc(LHSI) && LHSI->hasOneUse() &&
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHSC)) {
// Need to explicitly erase malloc call here, instead of adding it to
// Worklist, because it won't get DCE'd from the Worklist since
// isInstructionTriviallyDead() returns false for function calls.
// It is OK to replace LHSI/MallocCall with Undef because the
// instruction that uses it will be erased via Worklist.
if (extractMallocCall(LHSI)) {
LHSI->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(LHSI->getType()));
EraseInstFromFunction(*LHSI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context),
!I.isTrueWhenEqual()));
}
if (CallInst* MallocCall = extractMallocCallFromBitCast(LHSI))
if (MallocCall->hasOneUse()) {
MallocCall->replaceAllUsesWith(
UndefValue::get(MallocCall->getType()));
EraseInstFromFunction(*MallocCall);
Worklist.Add(LHSI); // The malloc's bitcast use.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context),
!I.isTrueWhenEqual()));
}
}
break;
}
}
// If we can optimize a 'icmp GEP, P' or 'icmp P, GEP', do so now.
if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op1, I.getPredicate(), I))
return NI;
if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Op1))
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op0,
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(I.getPredicate()), I))
return NI;
// Test to see if the operands of the icmp are casted versions of other
// values. If the ptr->ptr cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so
// now.
if (BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op0)) {
if (isa<PointerType>(Op0->getType()) &&
(isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<BitCastInst>(Op1))) {
// We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
// operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Op0 = CI->getOperand(0);
// If operand #1 is a bitcast instruction, it must also be a ptr->ptr cast
// so eliminate it as well.
if (BitCastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op1))
Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
// If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
if (Op0->getType() != Op1->getType()) {
if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
} else {
// Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the icmp
Op1 = Builder->CreateBitCast(Op1, Op0->getType());
}
}
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0, Op1);
}
}
if (isa<CastInst>(Op0)) {
// Handle the special case of: icmp (cast bool to X), <cst>
// This comes up when you have code like
// int X = A < B;
// if (X) ...
// For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
// with a constant or another cast from the same type.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(I))
return R;
}
// See if it's the same type of instruction on the left and right.
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Op1I->getOpcode() && Op0I->hasOneUse() &&
Op1I->hasOneUse() && Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1I->getOperand(1)) {
switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Xor:
if (I.isEquality()) // a+x icmp eq/ne b+x --> a icmp b
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1I->getOperand(0));
// icmp u/s (a ^ signbit), (b ^ signbit) --> icmp s/u a, b
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
if (CI->getValue().isSignBit()) {
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = I.isSigned()
? I.getUnsignedPredicate()
: I.getSignedPredicate();
return new ICmpInst(Pred, Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1I->getOperand(0));
}
if (CI->getValue().isMaxSignedValue()) {
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = I.isSigned()
? I.getUnsignedPredicate()
: I.getSignedPredicate();
Pred = I.getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
return new ICmpInst(Pred, Op0I->getOperand(0),
Op1I->getOperand(0));
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Mul:
if (!I.isEquality())
break;
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
// a * Cst icmp eq/ne b * Cst --> a & Mask icmp b & Mask
// Mask = -1 >> count-trailing-zeros(Cst).
if (!CI->isZero() && !CI->isOne()) {
const APInt &AP = CI->getValue();
ConstantInt *Mask = ConstantInt::get(*Context,
APInt::getLowBitsSet(AP.getBitWidth(),
AP.getBitWidth() -
AP.countTrailingZeros()));
Value *And1 = Builder->CreateAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), Mask);
Value *And2 = Builder->CreateAnd(Op1I->getOperand(0), Mask);
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), And1, And2);
}
}
break;
}
}
}
}
// ~x < ~y --> y < x
{ Value *A, *B;
if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A))) &&
match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, A);
}
if (I.isEquality()) {
Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
// -x == -y --> x == y
if (match(Op0, m_Neg(m_Value(A))) &&
match(Op1, m_Neg(m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, B);
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) { // (A^B) == A -> B == 0
Value *OtherVal = A == Op1 ? B : A;
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
}
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
// A^c1 == C^c2 --> A == C^(c1^c2)
ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
if (match(B, m_ConstantInt(C1)) &&
match(D, m_ConstantInt(C2)) && Op1->hasOneUse()) {
Constant *NC =
ConstantInt::get(*Context, C1->getValue() ^ C2->getValue());
Value *Xor = Builder->CreateXor(C, NC, "tmp");
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, Xor);
}
// A^B == A^D -> B == D
if (A == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, D);
if (A == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, C);
if (B == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, D);
if (B == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, C);
}
}
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
(A == Op0 || B == Op0)) {
// A == (A^B) -> B == 0
Value *OtherVal = A == Op0 ? B : A;
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
}
// (A-B) == A -> B == 0
if (match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Specific(Op1), m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
// A == (A-B) -> B == 0
if (match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Specific(Op0), m_Value(B))))
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
// (X&Z) == (Y&Z) -> (X^Y) & Z == 0
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
if (A == C) {
X = B; Y = D; Z = A;
} else if (A == D) {
X = B; Y = C; Z = A;
} else if (B == C) {
X = A; Y = D; Z = B;
} else if (B == D) {
X = A; Y = C; Z = B;
}
if (X) { // Build (X^Y) & Z
Op1 = Builder->CreateXor(X, Y, "tmp");
Op1 = Builder->CreateAnd(Op1, Z, "tmp");
I.setOperand(0, Op1);
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()));
return &I;
}
}
}
return Changed ? &I : 0;
}
/// FoldICmpDivCst - Fold "icmp pred, ([su]div X, DivRHS), CmpRHS" where DivRHS
/// and CmpRHS are both known to be integer constants.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI,
ConstantInt *DivRHS) {
ConstantInt *CmpRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1));
const APInt &CmpRHSV = CmpRHS->getValue();
// FIXME: If the operand types don't match the type of the divide
// then don't attempt this transform. The code below doesn't have the
// logic to deal with a signed divide and an unsigned compare (and
// vice versa). This is because (x /s C1) <s C2 produces different
// results than (x /s C1) <u C2 or (x /u C1) <s C2 or even
// (x /u C1) <u C2. Simply casting the operands and result won't
// work. :( The if statement below tests that condition and bails
// if it finds it.
bool DivIsSigned = DivI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv;
if (!ICI.isEquality() && DivIsSigned != ICI.isSigned())
return 0;
if (DivRHS->isZero())
return 0; // The ProdOV computation fails on divide by zero.
if (DivIsSigned && DivRHS->isAllOnesValue())
return 0; // The overflow computation also screws up here
if (DivRHS->isOne())
return 0; // Not worth bothering, and eliminates some funny cases
// with INT_MIN.
// Compute Prod = CI * DivRHS. We are essentially solving an equation
// of form X/C1=C2. We solve for X by multiplying C1 (DivRHS) and
// C2 (CI). By solving for X we can turn this into a range check
// instead of computing a divide.
Constant *Prod = ConstantExpr::getMul(CmpRHS, DivRHS);
// Determine if the product overflows by seeing if the product is
// not equal to the divide. Make sure we do the same kind of divide
// as in the LHS instruction that we're folding.
bool ProdOV = (DivIsSigned ? ConstantExpr::getSDiv(Prod, DivRHS) :
ConstantExpr::getUDiv(Prod, DivRHS)) != CmpRHS;
// Get the ICmp opcode
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI.getPredicate();
// Figure out the interval that is being checked. For example, a comparison
// like "X /u 5 == 0" is really checking that X is in the interval [0, 5).
// Compute this interval based on the constants involved and the signedness of
// the compare/divide. This computes a half-open interval, keeping track of
// whether either value in the interval overflows. After analysis each
// overflow variable is set to 0 if it's corresponding bound variable is valid
// -1 if overflowed off the bottom end, or +1 if overflowed off the top end.
int LoOverflow = 0, HiOverflow = 0;
Constant *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
if (!DivIsSigned) { // udiv
// e.g. X/5 op 3 --> [15, 20)
LoBound = Prod;
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
if (!HiOverflow)
HiOverflow = AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS, Context, false);
} else if (DivRHS->getValue().isStrictlyPositive()) { // Divisor is > 0.
if (CmpRHSV == 0) { // (X / pos) op 0
// Can't overflow. e.g. X/2 op 0 --> [-1, 2)
LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
HiBound = DivRHS;
} else if (CmpRHSV.isStrictlyPositive()) { // (X / pos) op pos
LoBound = Prod; // e.g. X/5 op 3 --> [15, 20)
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
if (!HiOverflow)
HiOverflow = AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS, Context, true);
} else { // (X / pos) op neg
// e.g. X/5 op -3 --> [-15-4, -15+1) --> [-19, -14)
HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV ? -1 : 0;
if (!LoOverflow) {
ConstantInt* DivNeg =
cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, HiBound, DivNeg, Context,
true) ? -1 : 0;
}
}
} else if (DivRHS->getValue().isNegative()) { // Divisor is < 0.
if (CmpRHSV == 0) { // (X / neg) op 0
// e.g. X/-5 op 0 --> [-4, 5)
LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
if (HiBound == DivRHS) { // -INTMIN = INTMIN
HiOverflow = 1; // [INTMIN+1, overflow)
HiBound = 0; // e.g. X/INTMIN = 0 --> X > INTMIN
}
} else if (CmpRHSV.isStrictlyPositive()) { // (X / neg) op pos
// e.g. X/-5 op 3 --> [-19, -14)
HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV ? -1 : 0;
if (!LoOverflow)
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, HiBound,
DivRHS, Context, true) ? -1 : 0;
} else { // (X / neg) op neg
LoBound = Prod; // e.g. X/-5 op -3 --> [15, 20)
LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
if (!HiOverflow)
HiOverflow = SubWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS, Context, true);
}
// Dividing by a negative swaps the condition. LT <-> GT
Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
}
Value *X = DivI->getOperand(0);
switch (Pred) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled icmp opcode!");
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
else if (HiOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, LoBound);
else if (LoOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, HiBound);
else
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned, true, ICI);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
else if (HiOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, LoBound);
else if (LoOverflow)
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
else
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned, false, ICI);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
if (LoOverflow == +1) // Low bound is greater than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (LoOverflow == -1) // Low bound is less than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
return new ICmpInst(Pred, X, LoBound);
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
if (HiOverflow == +1) // High bound greater than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
else if (HiOverflow == -1) // High bound less than input range.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, X, HiBound);
}
}
/// visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst - Handle "icmp (instr, intcst)".
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI,
Instruction *LHSI,
ConstantInt *RHS) {
const APInt &RHSV = RHS->getValue();
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Trunc:
if (ICI.isEquality() && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Simplify icmp eq (trunc x to i8), 42 -> icmp eq x, 42|highbits if all
// of the high bits truncated out of x are known.
unsigned DstBits = LHSI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(),
SrcBits = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(SrcBits, SrcBits-DstBits));
APInt KnownZero(SrcBits, 0), KnownOne(SrcBits, 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(LHSI->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
// If all the high bits are known, we can do this xform.
if ((KnownZero|KnownOne).countLeadingOnes() >= SrcBits-DstBits) {
// Pull in the high bits from known-ones set.
APInt NewRHS(RHS->getValue());
NewRHS.zext(SrcBits);
NewRHS |= KnownOne;
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, NewRHS));
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Xor: // (icmp pred (xor X, XorCST), CI)
if (ConstantInt *XorCST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
// If this is a comparison that tests the signbit (X < 0) or (x > -1),
// fold the xor.
if ((ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && RHSV == 0) ||
(ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && RHSV.isAllOnesValue())) {
Value *CompareVal = LHSI->getOperand(0);
// If the sign bit of the XorCST is not set, there is no change to
// the operation, just stop using the Xor.
if (!XorCST->getValue().isNegative()) {
ICI.setOperand(0, CompareVal);
Worklist.Add(LHSI);
return &ICI;
}
// Was the old condition true if the operand is positive?
bool isTrueIfPositive = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
// If so, the new one isn't.
isTrueIfPositive ^= true;
if (isTrueIfPositive)
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, CompareVal,
SubOne(RHS));
else
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, CompareVal,
AddOne(RHS));
}
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// (icmp u/s (xor A SignBit), C) -> (icmp s/u A, (xor C SignBit))
if (!ICI.isEquality() && XorCST->getValue().isSignBit()) {
const APInt &SignBit = XorCST->getValue();
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI.isSigned()
? ICI.getUnsignedPredicate()
: ICI.getSignedPredicate();
return new ICmpInst(Pred, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, RHSV ^ SignBit));
}
// (icmp u/s (xor A ~SignBit), C) -> (icmp s/u (xor C ~SignBit), A)
if (!ICI.isEquality() && XorCST->getValue().isMaxSignedValue()) {
const APInt &NotSignBit = XorCST->getValue();
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI.isSigned()
? ICI.getUnsignedPredicate()
: ICI.getSignedPredicate();
Pred = ICI.getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
return new ICmpInst(Pred, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, RHSV ^ NotSignBit));
}
}
}
break;
case Instruction::And: // (icmp pred (and X, AndCST), RHS)
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
// If the LHS is an AND of a truncating cast, we can widen the
// and/compare to be the input width without changing the value
// produced, eliminating a cast.
if (TruncInst *Cast = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
// We can do this transformation if either the AND constant does not
// have its sign bit set or if it is an equality comparison.
// Extending a relational comparison when we're checking the sign
// bit would not work.
if (Cast->hasOneUse() &&
(ICI.isEquality() ||
(AndCST->getValue().isNonNegative() && RHSV.isNonNegative()))) {
uint32_t BitWidth =
cast<IntegerType>(Cast->getOperand(0)->getType())->getBitWidth();
APInt NewCST = AndCST->getValue();
NewCST.zext(BitWidth);
APInt NewCI = RHSV;
NewCI.zext(BitWidth);
Value *NewAnd =
Builder->CreateAnd(Cast->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, NewCST), LHSI->getName());
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NewAnd,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, NewCI));
}
}
// If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
// could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
// happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
// access.
BinaryOperator *Shift = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
if (Shift && !Shift->isShift())
Shift = 0;
ConstantInt *ShAmt;
ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
const Type *Ty = Shift ? Shift->getType() : 0; // Type of the shift.
const Type *AndTy = AndCST->getType(); // Type of the and.
// We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
// into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
// rights, as they sign-extend.
if (ShAmt) {
bool CanFold = Shift->isLogicalShift();
if (!CanFold) {
// To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
// of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
uint32_t TyBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
int ShAmtVal = TyBits - ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TyBits);
uint32_t BitWidth = AndTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
if ((APInt::getHighBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth-ShAmtVal) &
AndCST->getValue()) == 0)
CanFold = true;
}
if (CanFold) {
Constant *NewCst;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getLShr(RHS, ShAmt);
else
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt);
// Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
// compared.
if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(),
NewCst, ShAmt) != RHS) {
// If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
// As a special case, check to see if this means that the
// result is always true or false now.
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
} else {
ICI.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Constant *NewAndCST;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getLShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
else
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
Worklist.Add(Shift); // Shift is dead.
return &ICI;
}
}
}
// Turn ((X >> Y) & C) == 0 into (X & (C << Y)) == 0. The later is
// preferable because it allows the C<<Y expression to be hoisted out
// of a loop if Y is invariant and X is not.
if (Shift && Shift->hasOneUse() && RHSV == 0 &&
ICI.isEquality() && !Shift->isArithmeticShift() &&
!isa<Constant>(Shift->getOperand(0))) {
// Compute C << Y.
Value *NS;
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
NS = Builder->CreateShl(AndCST, Shift->getOperand(1), "tmp");
} else {
// Insert a logical shift.
NS = Builder->CreateLShr(AndCST, Shift->getOperand(1), "tmp");
}
// Compute X & (C << Y).
Value *NewAnd =
Builder->CreateAnd(Shift->getOperand(0), NS, LHSI->getName());
ICI.setOperand(0, NewAnd);
return &ICI;
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl: { // (icmp pred (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!ShAmt) break;
uint32_t TypeBits = RHSV.getBitWidth();
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
// simplified.
if (ShAmt->uge(TypeBits))
break;
if (ICI.isEquality()) {
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
// comparison cannot succeed.
Constant *Comp =
ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getLShr(RHS, ShAmt),
ShAmt);
if (Comp != RHS) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
bool IsICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context), IsICMP_NE);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Cst);
}
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
uint32_t ShAmtVal = (uint32_t)ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
Constant *Mask =
ConstantInt::get(*Context, APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits,
TypeBits-ShAmtVal));
Value *And =
Builder->CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), And,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, RHSV.lshr(ShAmtVal)));
}
}
// Otherwise, if this is a comparison of the sign bit, simplify to and/test.
bool TrueIfSigned = false;
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() &&
isSignBitCheck(ICI.getPredicate(), RHS, TrueIfSigned)) {
// (X << 31) <s 0 --> (X&1) != 0
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(*Context, APInt(TypeBits, 1) <<
(TypeBits-ShAmt->getZExtValue()-1));
Value *And =
Builder->CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0), Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
return new ICmpInst(TrueIfSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_NE : ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ,
And, Constant::getNullValue(And->getType()));
}
break;
}
case Instruction::LShr: // (icmp pred (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
case Instruction::AShr: {
// Only handle equality comparisons of shift-by-constant.
ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!ShAmt || !ICI.isEquality()) break;
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
// simplified.
uint32_t TypeBits = RHSV.getBitWidth();
if (ShAmt->uge(TypeBits))
break;
uint32_t ShAmtVal = (uint32_t)ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
// comparison cannot succeed.
APInt Comp = RHSV << ShAmtVal;
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)
Comp = Comp.lshr(ShAmtVal);
else
Comp = Comp.ashr(ShAmtVal);
if (Comp != RHSV) { // Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
bool IsICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context), IsICMP_NE);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Cst);
}
// Otherwise, check to see if the bits shifted out are known to be zero.
// If so, we can compare against the unshifted value:
// (X & 4) >> 1 == 2 --> (X & 4) == 4.
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() &&
MaskedValueIsZero(LHSI->getOperand(0),
APInt::getLowBitsSet(Comp.getBitWidth(), ShAmtVal))) {
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt));
}
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
APInt Val(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShAmtVal));
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(*Context, Val);
Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), And,
ConstantExpr::getShl(RHS, ShAmt));
}
break;
}
case Instruction::SDiv:
case Instruction::UDiv:
// Fold: icmp pred ([us]div X, C1), C2 -> range test
// Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
// Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
// checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
// it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
// See: InsertRangeTest above for the kinds of replacements possible.
if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)))
if (Instruction *R = FoldICmpDivCst(ICI, cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI),
DivRHS))
return R;
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// Fold: icmp pred (add, X, C1), C2
if (!ICI.isEquality()) {
ConstantInt *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
if (!LHSC) break;
const APInt &LHSV = LHSC->getValue();
ConstantRange CR = ICI.makeConstantRange(ICI.getPredicate(), RHSV)
.subtract(LHSV);
if (ICI.isSigned()) {
if (CR.getLower().isSignBit()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, CR.getUpper()));
} else if (CR.getUpper().isSignBit()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, CR.getLower()));
}
} else {
if (CR.getLower().isMinValue()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, CR.getUpper()));
} else if (CR.getUpper().isMinValue()) {
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHSI->getOperand(0),
ConstantInt::get(*Context, CR.getLower()));
}
}
}
break;
}
// Simplify icmp_eq and icmp_ne instructions with integer constant RHS.
if (ICI.isEquality()) {
bool isICMP_NE = ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
// If the first operand is (add|sub|and|or|xor|rem) with a constant, and
// the second operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)) {
switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::SRem:
// If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
if (RHSV == 0 && isa<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&BO->hasOneUse()){
const APInt &V = cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue();
if (V.sgt(APInt(V.getBitWidth(), 1)) && V.isPowerOf2()) {
Value *NewRem =
Builder->CreateURem(BO->getOperand(0), BO->getOperand(1),
BO->getName());
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NewRem,
Constant::getNullValue(BO->getType()));
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Add:
// Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
if (BO->hasOneUse())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getSub(RHS, BOp1C));
} else if (RHSV == 0) {
// Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
// efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BOp0, NegVal);
else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), NegVal, BOp1);
else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Value *Neg = Builder->CreateNeg(BOp1);
Neg->takeName(BO);
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BOp0, Neg);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::Xor:
// For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
// the explicit xor.
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getXor(RHS, BOC));
// FALLTHROUGH
case Instruction::Sub:
// Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
if (RHSV == 0)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
BO->getOperand(1));
break;
case Instruction::Or:
// If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
// are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS);
if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context),
isICMP_NE));
}
break;
case Instruction::And:
if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
// If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
// comparison can never succeed!
if ((RHSV & ~BOC->getValue()) != 0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context),
isICMP_NE));
// If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
if (RHS == BOC && RHSV.isPowerOf2())
return new ICmpInst(isICMP_NE ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ :
ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHSI,
Constant::getNullValue(RHS->getType()));
// Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x s< 0
if (BOC->getValue().isSignBit()) {
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(X->getType());
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, Zero);
}
// ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
if (RHSV == 0 && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, NegX);
}
}
default: break;
}
} else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(LHSI)) {
// Handle icmp {eq|ne} <intrinsic>, intcst.
if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap) {
Worklist.Add(II);
ICI.setOperand(0, II->getOperand(1));
ICI.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(*Context, RHSV.byteSwap()));
return &ICI;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast - Handle icmp (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
/// We only handle extending casts so far.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) {
const CastInst *LHSCI = cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(0));
Value *LHSCIOp = LHSCI->getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
const Type *DestTy = LHSCI->getType();
Value *RHSCIOp;
// Turn icmp (ptrtoint x), (ptrtoint/c) into a compare of the input if the
// integer type is the same size as the pointer type.
if (TD && LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt &&
TD->getPointerSizeInBits() ==
cast<IntegerType>(DestTy)->getBitWidth()) {
Value *RHSOp = 0;
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
RHSOp = ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(RHSC, SrcTy);
} else if (PtrToIntInst *RHSC = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
RHSOp = RHSC->getOperand(0);
// If the pointer types don't match, insert a bitcast.
if (LHSCIOp->getType() != RHSOp->getType())
RHSOp = Builder->CreateBitCast(RHSOp, LHSCIOp->getType());
}
if (RHSOp)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSOp);
}
// The code below only handles extension cast instructions, so far.
// Enforce this.
if (LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::ZExt &&
LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::SExt)
return 0;
bool isSignedExt = LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt;
bool isSignedCmp = ICI.isSigned();
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
// Not an extension from the same type?
RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType())
return 0;
// If the signedness of the two casts doesn't agree (i.e. one is a sext
// and the other is a zext), then we can't handle this.
if (CI->getOpcode() != LHSCI->getOpcode())
return 0;
// Deal with equality cases early.
if (ICI.isEquality())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
// A signed comparison of sign extended values simplifies into a
// signed comparison.
if (isSignedCmp && isSignedExt)
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
// The other three cases all fold into an unsigned comparison.
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getUnsignedPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
}
// If we aren't dealing with a constant on the RHS, exit early
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1));
if (!CI)
return 0;
// Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
// reextended to DestTy.
Constant *Res1 = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CI, SrcTy);
Constant *Res2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(LHSCI->getOpcode(),
Res1, DestTy);
// If the re-extended constant didn't change...
if (Res2 == CI) {
// Make sure that sign of the Cmp and the sign of the Cast are the same.
// For example, we might have:
// %A = sext i16 %X to i32
// %B = icmp ugt i32 %A, 1330
// It is incorrect to transform this into
// %B = icmp ugt i16 %X, 1330
// because %A may have negative value.
//
// However, we allow this when the compare is EQ/NE, because they are
// signless.
if (isSignedExt == isSignedCmp || ICI.isEquality())
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, Res1);
return 0;
}
// The re-extended constant changed so the constant cannot be represented
// in the shorter type. Consequently, we cannot emit a simple comparison.
// First, handle some easy cases. We know the result cannot be equal at this
// point so handle the ICI.isEquality() cases
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context));
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context));
// Evaluate the comparison for LT (we invert for GT below). LE and GE cases
// should have been folded away previously and not enter in here.
Value *Result;
if (isSignedCmp) {
// We're performing a signed comparison.
if (cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getValue().isNegative())
Result = ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context); // X < (small) --> false
else
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context); // X < (large) --> true
} else {
// We're performing an unsigned comparison.
if (isSignedExt) {
// We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
// This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
Constant *NegOne = Constant::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
Result = Builder->CreateICmpSGT(LHSCIOp, NegOne, ICI.getName());
} else {
// Unsigned extend & unsigned compare -> always true.
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context);
}
}
// Finally, return the value computed.
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Result);
assert((ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT ||
ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT) &&
"ICmp should be folded!");
if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
return BinaryOperator::CreateNot(Result);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonShiftTransforms(I);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
return commonShiftTransforms(I);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) {
if (Instruction *R = commonShiftTransforms(I))
return R;
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
// ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
// See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
APInt::getSignBit(I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())))
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(Op0, I.getOperand(1));
// Arithmetic shifting an all-sign-bit value is a no-op.
unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op0);
if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == I.getOperand(0)->getType());
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
// shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
// shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()) ||
Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
}
// See if we can fold away this shift.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(I))
return &I;
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1))
if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I))
return Res;
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
BinaryOperator &I) {
bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
uint32_t TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
// shl i32 X, 32 = 0 and srl i8 Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate
// a signed shift.
//
if (Op1->uge(TypeBits)) {
if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
else {
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), TypeBits-1));
return &I;
}
}
// ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(BO->getOperand(0),
ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1));
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
return R;
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
return NV;
// Fold shift2(trunc(shift1(x,c1)), c2) -> trunc(shift2(shift1(x,c1),c2))
if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Op0)) {
Instruction *TrOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TI->getOperand(0));
// If 'shift2' is an ashr, we would have to get the sign bit into a funny
// place. Don't try to do this transformation in this case. Also, we
// require that the input operand is a shift-by-constant so that we have
// confidence that the shifts will get folded together. We could do this
// xform in more cases, but it is unlikely to be profitable.
if (TrOp && I.isLogicalShift() && TrOp->isShift() &&
isa<ConstantInt>(TrOp->getOperand(1))) {
// Okay, we'll do this xform. Make the shift of shift.
Constant *ShAmt = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Op1, TrOp->getType());
// (shift2 (shift1 & 0x00FF), c2)
Value *NSh = Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), TrOp, ShAmt,I.getName());
// For logical shifts, the truncation has the effect of making the high
// part of the register be zeros. Emulate this by inserting an AND to
// clear the top bits as needed. This 'and' will usually be zapped by
// other xforms later if dead.
unsigned SrcSize = TrOp->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned DstSize = TI->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
APInt MaskV(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, DstSize));
// The mask we constructed says what the trunc would do if occurring
// between the shifts. We want to know the effect *after* the second
// shift. We know that it is a logical shift by a constant, so adjust the
// mask as appropriate.
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
MaskV <<= Op1->getZExtValue();
else {
assert(I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && "Unknown logical shift");
MaskV = MaskV.lshr(Op1->getZExtValue());
}
// shift1 & 0x00FF
Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(NSh, ConstantInt::get(*Context, MaskV),
TI->getName());
// Return the value truncated to the interesting size.
return new TruncInst(And, I.getType());
}
}
if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
Value *V1, *V2;
ConstantInt *CC;
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor: {
// These operators commute.
// Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(1), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Value *YS = // (Y << C)
Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
// (X + (Y << C))
Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1,
Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(*Context,
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
}
// Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
Value *Op0BOOp1 = Op0BO->getOperand(1);
if (isLeftShift && Op0BOOp1->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BOOp1,
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Specific(Op1)),
m_ConstantInt(CC))) &&
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BOOp1)->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Value *YS = // (Y << C)
Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
Op0BO->getName());
// X & (CC << C)
Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
V1->getName()+".mask");
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
}
}
// FALL THROUGH.
case Instruction::Sub: {
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0), m_Shr(m_Value(V1),
m_Specific(Op1)))) {
Value *YS = // (Y << C)
Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
// (X + (Y << C))
Value *X = Builder->CreateBinOp(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS,
Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
uint32_t Op1Val = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(*Context,
APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits-Op1Val)));
}
// Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C)
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))
->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
Value *YS = // (Y << C)
Builder->CreateShl(Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1, Op0BO->getName());
// X & (CC << C)
Value *XM = Builder->CreateAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
V1->getName()+".mask");
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS);
}
break;
}
}
// If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
// shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
case Instruction::Add:
isValid = isLeftShift;
break;
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
highBitSet = false;
break;
case Instruction::And:
highBitSet = true;
break;
}
// If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
// by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
// The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
// the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
// operation.
//
if (isValid && I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
isValid = Op0C->getValue()[TypeBits-1] == highBitSet;
if (isValid) {
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1);
Value *NewShift =
Builder->CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1);
NewShift->takeName(Op0BO);
return BinaryOperator::Create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
NewRHS);
}
}
}
}
// Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant.
BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift())
ShiftOp = 0;
if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) {
ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1));
uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = Op1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits);
assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier");
if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future.
Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
uint32_t AmtSum = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift.
const IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType());
// Check for (X << c1) << c2 and (X >> c1) >> c2
if (I.getOpcode() == ShiftOp->getOpcode()) {
// If this is oversized composite shift, then unsigned shifts get 0, ashr
// saturates.
if (AmtSum >= TypeBits) {
if (I.getOpcode() != Instruction::AShr)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
AmtSum = TypeBits-1; // Saturate to 31 for i32 ashr.
}
return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X,
ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
}
if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr &&
I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
// ((X >>u C1) >>s C2) -> (X >>u (C1+C2)) since C1 != 0.
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
}
if (ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
// ((X >>s C1) >>u C2) -> ((X >>s (C1+C2)) & mask) since C1 != 0.
if (AmtSum >= TypeBits)
AmtSum = TypeBits-1;
Value *Shift = Builder->CreateAShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, AmtSum));
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift, ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// Okay, if we get here, one shift must be left, and the other shift must be
// right. See if the amounts are equal.
if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
// If we have ((X >>? C) << C), turn this into X & (-1 << C).
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// If we have ((X << C) >>u C), turn this into X & (-1 >>u C).
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt1));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(X, ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// We can simplify ((X << C) >>s C) into a trunc + sext.
// NOTE: we could do this for any C, but that would make 'unusual' integer
// types. For now, just stick to ones well-supported by the code
// generators.
const Type *SExtType = 0;
switch (Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1) {
case 1 :
case 8 :
case 16 :
case 32 :
case 64 :
case 128:
SExtType = IntegerType::get(*Context, Ty->getBitWidth() - ShiftAmt1);
break;
default: break;
}
if (SExtType)
return new SExtInst(Builder->CreateTrunc(X, SExtType, "sext"), Ty);
// Otherwise, we can't handle it yet.
} else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1;
// (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X << (C2-C1) & (-1 << C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X >>u (C2-C1) & (-1 >> C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Value *Shift = Builder->CreateLShr(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// We can't handle (X << C1) >>s C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
} else {
assert(ShiftAmt2 < ShiftAmt1);
uint32_t ShiftDiff = ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2;
// (X >>? C1) << C2 --> X >>? (C1-C2) & (-1 << C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr ||
ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr);
Value *Shift = Builder->CreateBinOp(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), X,
ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
APInt Mask(APInt::getHighBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// (X << C1) >>u C2 --> X << (C1-C2) & (-1 >> C2)
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
assert(ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl);
Value *Shift = Builder->CreateShl(X, ConstantInt::get(Ty, ShiftDiff));
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(TypeBits, TypeBits - ShiftAmt2));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Shift,
ConstantInt::get(*Context, Mask));
}
// We can't handle (X << C1) >>a C2, it shifts arbitrary bits in.
}
}
return 0;
}
/// DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr - Analyze 'Val', seeing if it is a simple linear
/// expression. If so, decompose it, returning some value X, such that Val is
/// X*Scale+Offset.
///
static Value *DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(Value *Val, unsigned &Scale,
int &Offset, LLVMContext *Context) {
assert(Val->getType() == Type::getInt32Ty(*Context) &&
"Unexpected allocation size type!");
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val)) {
Offset = CI->getZExtValue();
Scale = 0;
return ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), 0);
} else if (BinaryOperator *I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val)) {
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
// This is a value scaled by '1 << the shift amt'.
Scale = 1U << RHS->getZExtValue();
Offset = 0;
return I->getOperand(0);
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) {
// This value is scaled by 'RHS'.
Scale = RHS->getZExtValue();
Offset = 0;
return I->getOperand(0);
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
// We have X+C. Check to see if we really have (X*C2)+C1,
// where C1 is divisible by C2.
unsigned SubScale;
Value *SubVal =
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(I->getOperand(0), SubScale,
Offset, Context);
Offset += RHS->getZExtValue();
Scale = SubScale;
return SubVal;
}
}
}
// Otherwise, we can't look past this.
Scale = 1;
Offset = 0;
return Val;
}
/// PromoteCastOfAllocation - If we find a cast of an allocation instruction,
/// try to eliminate the cast by moving the type information into the alloc.
Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI,
AllocaInst &AI) {
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(CI.getType());
BuilderTy AllocaBuilder(*Builder);
AllocaBuilder.SetInsertPoint(AI.getParent(), &AI);
// Remove any uses of AI that are dead.
assert(!CI.use_empty() && "Dead instructions should be removed earlier!");
for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI.use_begin(), E = AI.use_end(); UI != E; ) {
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++);
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(User)) {
while (UI != E && *UI == User)
++UI; // If this instruction uses AI more than once, don't break UI.
++NumDeadInst;
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *User << '\n');
EraseInstFromFunction(*User);
}
}
// This requires TargetData to get the alloca alignment and size information.
if (!TD) return 0;
// Get the type really allocated and the type casted to.
const Type *AllocElTy = AI.getAllocatedType();
const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return 0;
unsigned AllocElTyAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(AllocElTy);
unsigned CastElTyAlign = TD->getABITypeAlignment(CastElTy);
if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
// If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we are strictly
// increasing the alignment of the resultant allocation. If we keep it the
// same, we open the door to infinite loops of various kinds. (A reference
// from a dbg.declare doesn't count as a use for this purpose.)
if (!AI.hasOneUse() && !hasOneUsePlusDeclare(&AI) &&
CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(AllocElTy);
uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(CastElTy);
if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize == 0) return 0;
// See if we can satisfy the modulus by pulling a scale out of the array
// size argument.
unsigned ArraySizeScale;
int ArrayOffset;
Value *NumElements = // See if the array size is a decomposable linear expr.
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(AI.getOperand(0), ArraySizeScale,
ArrayOffset, Context);
// If we can now satisfy the modulus, by using a non-1 scale, we really can
// do the xform.
if ((AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale) % CastElTySize != 0 ||
(AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset ) % CastElTySize != 0) return 0;
unsigned Scale = (AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale)/CastElTySize;
Value *Amt = 0;
if (Scale == 1) {
Amt = NumElements;
} else {
Amt = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), Scale);
// Insert before the alloca, not before the cast.
Amt = AllocaBuilder.CreateMul(Amt, NumElements, "tmp");
}
if (int Offset = (AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset)/CastElTySize) {
Value *Off = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), Offset, true);
Amt = AllocaBuilder.CreateAdd(Amt, Off, "tmp");
}
AllocaInst *New = AllocaBuilder.CreateAlloca(CastElTy, Amt);
New->setAlignment(AI.getAlignment());
New->takeName(&AI);
// If the allocation has one real use plus a dbg.declare, just remove the
// declare.
if (DbgDeclareInst *DI = hasOneUsePlusDeclare(&AI)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(*DI);
}
// If the allocation has multiple real uses, insert a cast and change all
// things that used it to use the new cast. This will also hack on CI, but it
// will die soon.
else if (!AI.hasOneUse()) {
// New is the allocation instruction, pointer typed. AI is the original
// allocation instruction, also pointer typed. Thus, cast to use is BitCast.
Value *NewCast = AllocaBuilder.CreateBitCast(New, AI.getType(), "tmpcast");
AI.replaceAllUsesWith(NewCast);
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
}
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType - Return true if we can take the specified value
/// and return it as type Ty without inserting any new casts and without
/// changing the computed value. This is used by code that tries to decide
/// whether promoting or shrinking integer operations to wider or smaller types
/// will allow us to eliminate a truncate or extend.
///
/// This is a truncation operation if Ty is smaller than V->getType(), or an
/// extension operation if Ty is larger.
///
/// If CastOpc is a truncation, then Ty will be a type smaller than V. We
/// should return true if trunc(V) can be computed by computing V in the smaller
/// type. If V is an instruction, then trunc(inst(x,y)) can be computed as
/// inst(trunc(x),trunc(y)), which only makes sense if x and y can be
/// efficiently truncated.
///
/// If CastOpc is a sext or zext, we are asking if the low bits of the value can
/// bit computed in a larger type, which is then and'd or sext_in_reg'd to get
/// the final result.
bool InstCombiner::CanEvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
unsigned CastOpc,
int &NumCastsRemoved){
// We can always evaluate constants in another type.
if (isa<Constant>(V))
return true;
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false;
const Type *OrigTy = V->getType();
// If this is an extension or truncate, we can often eliminate it.
if (isa<TruncInst>(I) || isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
// If this is a cast from the destination type, we can trivially eliminate
// it, and this will remove a cast overall.
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty) {
// If the first operand is itself a cast, and is eliminable, do not count
// this as an eliminable cast. We would prefer to eliminate those two
// casts first.
if (!isa<CastInst>(I->getOperand(0)) && I->hasOneUse())
++NumCastsRemoved;
return true;
}
}
// We can't extend or shrink something that has multiple uses: doing so would
// require duplicating the instruction in general, which isn't profitable.
if (!I->hasOneUse()) return false;
unsigned Opc = I->getOpcode();
switch (Opc) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// These operators can all arbitrarily be extended or truncated.
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
case Instruction::UDiv:
case Instruction::URem: {
// UDiv and URem can be truncated if all the truncated bits are zero.
uint32_t OrigBitWidth = OrigTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
uint32_t BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits();
if (BitWidth < OrigBitWidth) {
APInt Mask = APInt::getHighBitsSet(OrigBitWidth, OrigBitWidth-BitWidth);
if (MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask) &&
MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask)) {
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
}
break;
}
case Instruction::Shl:
// If we are truncating the result of this SHL, and if it's a shift of a
// constant amount, we can always perform a SHL in a smaller type.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits();
if (BitWidth < OrigTy->getScalarSizeInBits() &&
CI->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) < BitWidth)
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
break;
case Instruction::LShr:
// If this is a truncate of a logical shr, we can truncate it to a smaller
// lshr iff we know that the bits we would otherwise be shifting in are
// already zeros.
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
uint32_t OrigBitWidth = OrigTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
uint32_t BitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits();
if (BitWidth < OrigBitWidth &&
MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
APInt::getHighBitsSet(OrigBitWidth, OrigBitWidth-BitWidth)) &&
CI->getLimitedValue(BitWidth) < BitWidth) {
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
}
break;
case Instruction::ZExt:
case Instruction::SExt:
case Instruction::Trunc:
// If this is the same kind of case as our original (e.g. zext+zext), we
// can safely replace it. Note that replacing it does not reduce the number
// of casts in the input.
if (Opc == CastOpc)
return true;
// sext (zext ty1), ty2 -> zext ty2
if (CastOpc == Instruction::SExt && Opc == Instruction::ZExt)
return true;
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SI->getTrueValue(), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SI->getFalseValue(), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved);
}
case Instruction::PHI: {
// We can change a phi if we can change all operands.
PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
if (!CanEvaluateInDifferentType(PN->getIncomingValue(i), Ty, CastOpc,
NumCastsRemoved))
return false;
return true;
}
default:
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
break;
}
return false;
}
/// EvaluateInDifferentType - Given an expression that
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType returns true for, actually insert the code to
/// evaluate the expression.
Value *InstCombiner::EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
bool isSigned) {
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
return ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, Ty, isSigned /*Sext or ZExt*/);
// Otherwise, it must be an instruction.
Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
Instruction *Res = 0;
unsigned Opc = I->getOpcode();
switch (Opc) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::AShr:
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::Shl:
case Instruction::UDiv:
case Instruction::URem: {
Value *LHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, isSigned);
Value *RHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, isSigned);
Res = BinaryOperator::Create((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opc, LHS, RHS);
break;
}
case Instruction::Trunc:
case Instruction::ZExt:
case Instruction::SExt:
// If the source type of the cast is the type we're trying for then we can
// just return the source. There's no need to insert it because it is not
// new.
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty)
return I->getOperand(0);
// Otherwise, must be the same type of cast, so just reinsert a new one.
Res = CastInst::Create(cast<CastInst>(I)->getOpcode(), I->getOperand(0),Ty);
break;
case Instruction::Select: {
Value *True = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, isSigned);
Value *False = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(2), Ty, isSigned);
Res = SelectInst::Create(I->getOperand(0), True, False);
break;
}
case Instruction::PHI: {
PHINode *OPN = cast<PHINode>(I);
PHINode *NPN = PHINode::Create(Ty);
for (unsigned i = 0, e = OPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *V =EvaluateInDifferentType(OPN->getIncomingValue(i), Ty, isSigned);
NPN->addIncoming(V, OPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
}
Res = NPN;
break;
}
default:
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
llvm_unreachable("Unreachable!");
break;
}
Res->takeName(I);
return InsertNewInstBefore(Res, *I);
}
/// @brief Implement the transforms common to all CastInst visitors.
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// Many cases of "cast of a cast" are eliminable. If it's eliminable we just
// eliminate it now.
if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
if (Instruction::CastOps opc =
isEliminableCastPair(CSrc, CI.getOpcode(), CI.getType(), TD)) {
// The first cast (CSrc) is eliminable so we need to fix up or replace
// the second cast (CI). CSrc will then have a good chance of being dead.
return CastInst::Create(opc, CSrc->getOperand(0), CI.getType());
}
}
// If we are casting a select then fold the cast into the select
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
return NV;
// If we are casting a PHI then fold the cast into the PHI
if (isa<PHINode>(Src)) {
// We don't do this if this would create a PHI node with an illegal type if
// it is currently legal.
if (!isa<IntegerType>(Src->getType()) ||
!isa<IntegerType>(CI.getType()) ||
ShouldChangeType(CI.getType(), Src->getType(), TD))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
return NV;
}
return 0;
}
/// FindElementAtOffset - Given a type and a constant offset, determine whether
/// or not there is a sequence of GEP indices into the type that will land us at
/// the specified offset. If so, fill them into NewIndices and return the
/// resultant element type, otherwise return null.
static const Type *FindElementAtOffset(const Type *Ty, int64_t Offset,
SmallVectorImpl<Value*> &NewIndices,
const TargetData *TD,
LLVMContext *Context) {
if (!TD) return 0;
if (!Ty->isSized()) return 0;
// Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size
// might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type
// is something like [0 x {int, int}]
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD->getIntPtrType(*Context);
int64_t FirstIdx = 0;
if (int64_t TySize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(Ty)) {
FirstIdx = Offset/TySize;
Offset -= FirstIdx*TySize;
// Handle hosts where % returns negative instead of values [0..TySize).
if (Offset < 0) {
--FirstIdx;
Offset += TySize;
assert(Offset >= 0);
}
assert((uint64_t)Offset < (uint64_t)TySize && "Out of range offset");
}
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, FirstIdx));
// Index into the types. If we fail, set OrigBase to null.
while (Offset) {
// Indexing into tail padding between struct/array elements.
if (uint64_t(Offset*8) >= TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
return 0;
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
const StructLayout *SL = TD->getStructLayout(STy);
assert(Offset < (int64_t)SL->getSizeInBytes() &&
"Offset must stay within the indexed type");
unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), Elt));
Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
Ty = STy->getElementType(Elt);
} else if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
uint64_t EltSize = TD->getTypeAllocSize(AT->getElementType());
assert(EltSize && "Cannot index into a zero-sized array");
NewIndices.push_back(ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy,Offset/EltSize));
Offset %= EltSize;
Ty = AT->getElementType();
} else {
// Otherwise, we can't index into the middle of this atomic type, bail.
return 0;
}
}
return Ty;
}
/// @brief Implement the transforms for cast of pointer (bitcast/ptrtoint)
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonPointerCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
// If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
// this into a cast of the original pointer!
if (GEP->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
// Changing the cast operand is usually not a good idea but it is safe
// here because the pointer operand is being replaced with another
// pointer operand so the opcode doesn't need to change.
Worklist.Add(GEP);
CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
return &CI;
}
// If the GEP has a single use, and the base pointer is a bitcast, and the
// GEP computes a constant offset, see if we can convert these three
// instructions into fewer. This typically happens with unions and other
// non-type-safe code.
if (TD && GEP->hasOneUse() && isa<BitCastInst>(GEP->getOperand(0))) {
if (GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) {
// We are guaranteed to get a constant from EmitGEPOffset.
ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(GEP, *this));
int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue();
// Get the base pointer input of the bitcast, and the type it points to.
Value *OrigBase = cast<BitCastInst>(GEP->getOperand(0))->getOperand(0);
const Type *GEPIdxTy =
cast<PointerType>(OrigBase->getType())->getElementType();
SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices;
if (FindElementAtOffset(GEPIdxTy, Offset, NewIndices, TD, Context)) {
// If we were able to index down into an element, create the GEP
// and bitcast the result. This eliminates one bitcast, potentially
// two.
Value *NGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(GEP)->isInBounds() ?
Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(OrigBase,
NewIndices.begin(), NewIndices.end()) :
Builder->CreateGEP(OrigBase, NewIndices.begin(), NewIndices.end());
NGEP->takeName(GEP);
if (isa<BitCastInst>(CI))
return new BitCastInst(NGEP, CI.getType());
assert(isa<PtrToIntInst>(CI));
return new PtrToIntInst(NGEP, CI.getType());
}
}
}
}
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
/// commonIntCastTransforms - This function implements the common transforms
/// for trunc, zext, and sext.
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
uint32_t SrcBitSize = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
uint32_t DestBitSize = DestTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the LHS whose sole
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
if (SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(CI))
return &CI;
// If the source isn't an instruction or has more than one use then we
// can't do anything more.
Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src);
if (!SrcI || !Src->hasOneUse())
return 0;
// Attempt to propagate the cast into the instruction for int->int casts.
int NumCastsRemoved = 0;
// Only do this if the dest type is a simple type, don't convert the
// expression tree to something weird like i93 unless the source is also
// strange.
if ((isa<VectorType>(DestTy) ||
ShouldChangeType(SrcI->getType(), DestTy, TD)) &&
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy,
CI.getOpcode(), NumCastsRemoved)) {
// If this cast is a truncate, evaluting in a different type always
// eliminates the cast, so it is always a win. If this is a zero-extension,
// we need to do an AND to maintain the clear top-part of the computation,
// so we require that the input have eliminated at least one cast. If this
// is a sign extension, we insert two new casts (to do the extension) so we
// require that two casts have been eliminated.
bool DoXForm = false;
bool JustReplace = false;
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
default:
// All the others use floating point so we shouldn't actually
// get here because of the check above.
llvm_unreachable("Unknown cast type");
case Instruction::Trunc:
DoXForm = true;
break;
case Instruction::ZExt: {
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 1;
if (!DoXForm && 0) {
// If it's unnecessary to issue an AND to clear the high bits, it's
// always profitable to do this xform.
Value *TryRes = EvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy, false);
APInt Mask(APInt::getBitsSet(DestBitSize, SrcBitSize, DestBitSize));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(TryRes, Mask))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, TryRes);
if (Instruction *TryI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TryRes))
if (TryI->use_empty())
EraseInstFromFunction(*TryI);
}
break;
}
case Instruction::SExt: {
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 2;
if (!DoXForm && !isa<TruncInst>(SrcI) && 0) {
// If we do not have to emit the truncate + sext pair, then it's always
// profitable to do this xform.
//
// It's not safe to eliminate the trunc + sext pair if one of the
// eliminated cast is a truncate. e.g.
// t2 = trunc i32 t1 to i16
// t3 = sext i16 t2 to i32
// !=
// i32 t1
Value *TryRes = EvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy, true);
unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(TryRes);
if (NumSignBits > (DestBitSize - SrcBitSize))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, TryRes);
if (Instruction *TryI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TryRes))
if (TryI->use_empty())
EraseInstFromFunction(*TryI);
}
break;
}
}
if (DoXForm) {
DEBUG(errs() << "ICE: EvaluateInDifferentType converting expression type"
" to avoid cast: " << CI);
Value *Res = EvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy,
CI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt);
if (JustReplace)
// Just replace this cast with the result.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
assert(Res->getType() == DestTy);
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown cast type!");
case Instruction::Trunc:
// Just replace this cast with the result.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
case Instruction::ZExt: {
assert(SrcBitSize < DestBitSize && "Not a zext?");
// If the high bits are already zero, just replace this cast with the
// result.
APInt Mask(APInt::getBitsSet(DestBitSize, SrcBitSize, DestBitSize));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Res, Mask))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
// We need to emit an AND to clear the high bits.
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(*Context,
APInt::getLowBitsSet(DestBitSize, SrcBitSize));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Res, C);
}
case Instruction::SExt: {
// If the high bits are already filled with sign bit, just replace this
// cast with the result.
unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Res);
if (NumSignBits > (DestBitSize - SrcBitSize))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
// We need to emit a cast to truncate, then a cast to sext.
return new SExtInst(Builder->CreateTrunc(Res, Src->getType()), DestTy);
}
}
}
}
Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
// If we are discarding information, rewrite.
if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
// Don't insert two casts unless at least one can be eliminated.
if (!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op1, DestTy, TD) ||
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Value *Op0c = Builder->CreateTrunc(Op0, DestTy, Op0->getName());
Value *Op1c = Builder->CreateTrunc(Op1, DestTy, Op1->getName());
return BinaryOperator::Create(
cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
}
}
// cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
if (isa<ZExtInst>(CI) && SrcBitSize == 1 &&
SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
Op1 == ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context) &&
(!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<CmpInst>(Op0))) {
Value *New = Builder->CreateZExt(Op0, DestTy, Op0->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(New,
ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
}
break;
case Instruction::Shl: {
// Canonicalize trunc inside shl, if we can.
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1);
if (CI && DestBitSize < SrcBitSize &&
CI->getLimitedValue(DestBitSize) < DestBitSize) {
Value *Op0c = Builder->CreateTrunc(Op0, DestTy, Op0->getName());
Value *Op1c = Builder->CreateTrunc(Op1, DestTy, Op1->getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(Op0c, Op1c);
}
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *Ty = CI.getType();
uint32_t DestBitWidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits();
uint32_t SrcBitWidth = Src->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
// Canonicalize trunc x to i1 -> (icmp ne (and x, 1), 0)
if (DestBitWidth == 1) {
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(Src->getType(), 1);
Src = Builder->CreateAnd(Src, One, "tmp");
Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Src->getType());
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Src, Zero);
}
// Optimize trunc(lshr(), c) to pull the shift through the truncate.
ConstantInt *ShAmtV = 0;
Value *ShiftOp = 0;
if (Src->hasOneUse() &&
match(Src, m_LShr(m_Value(ShiftOp), m_ConstantInt(ShAmtV)))) {
uint32_t ShAmt = ShAmtV->getLimitedValue(SrcBitWidth);
// Get a mask for the bits shifting in.
APInt Mask(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcBitWidth, ShAmt).shl(DestBitWidth));
if (MaskedValueIsZero(ShiftOp, Mask)) {
if (ShAmt >= DestBitWidth) // All zeros.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(Ty));
// Okay, we can shrink this. Truncate the input, then return a new
// shift.
Value *V1 = Builder->CreateTrunc(ShiftOp, Ty, ShiftOp->getName());
Value *V2 = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(ShAmtV, Ty);
return BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(V1, V2);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// transformZExtICmp - Transform (zext icmp) to bitwise / integer operations
/// in order to eliminate the icmp.
Instruction *InstCombiner::transformZExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI,
bool DoXform) {
// If we are just checking for a icmp eq of a single bit and zext'ing it
// to an integer, then shift the bit to the appropriate place and then
// cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI->getOperand(1))) {
const APInt &Op1CV = Op1C->getValue();
// zext (x <s 0) to i32 --> x>>u31 true if signbit set.
// zext (x >s -1) to i32 --> (x>>u31)^1 true if signbit clear.
if ((ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Op1CV == 0) ||
(ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT &&Op1CV.isAllOnesValue())) {
if (!DoXform) return ICI;
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *Sh = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),
In->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()-1);
In = Builder->CreateLShr(In, Sh, In->getName()+".lobit");
if (In->getType() != CI.getType())
In = Builder->CreateIntCast(In, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/, "tmp");
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT) {
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), 1);
In = Builder->CreateXor(In, One, In->getName()+".not");
}
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
}
// zext (X == 0) to i32 --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X == 0) to i32 --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X == 1) to i32 --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X == 2) to i32 --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X != 0) to i32 --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X != 0) to i32 --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
// zext (X != 1) to i32 --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
// zext (X != 2) to i32 --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
if ((Op1CV == 0 || Op1CV.isPowerOf2()) &&
// This only works for EQ and NE
ICI->isEquality()) {
// If Op1C some other power of two, convert:
uint32_t BitWidth = Op1C->getType()->getBitWidth();
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
APInt TypeMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth));
ComputeMaskedBits(ICI->getOperand(0), TypeMask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
APInt KnownZeroMask(~KnownZero);
if (KnownZeroMask.isPowerOf2()) { // Exactly 1 possible 1?
if (!DoXform) return ICI;
bool isNE = ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
if (Op1CV != 0 && (Op1CV != KnownZeroMask)) {
// (X&4) == 2 --> false
// (X&4) != 2 --> true
Constant *Res = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(*Context), isNE);
Res = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Res, CI.getType());
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
}
uint32_t ShiftAmt = KnownZeroMask.logBase2();
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
if (ShiftAmt) {
// Perform a logical shr by shiftamt.
// Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
In = Builder->CreateLShr(In, ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),ShiftAmt),
In->getName()+".lobit");
}
if ((Op1CV != 0) == isNE) { // Toggle the low bit.
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), 1);
In = Builder->CreateXor(In, One, "tmp");
}
if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
else
return CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(In, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/);
}
}
}
// icmp ne A, B is equal to xor A, B when A and B only really have one bit.
// It is also profitable to transform icmp eq into not(xor(A, B)) because that
// may lead to additional simplifications.
if (ICI->isEquality() && CI.getType() == ICI->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
if (const IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(CI.getType())) {
uint32_t BitWidth = ITy->getBitWidth();
Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
APInt KnownZeroLHS(BitWidth, 0), KnownOneLHS(BitWidth, 0);
APInt KnownZeroRHS(BitWidth, 0), KnownOneRHS(BitWidth, 0);
APInt TypeMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth));
ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, TypeMask, KnownZeroLHS, KnownOneLHS);
ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, TypeMask, KnownZeroRHS, KnownOneRHS);
if (KnownZeroLHS == KnownZeroRHS && KnownOneLHS == KnownOneRHS) {
APInt KnownBits = KnownZeroLHS | KnownOneLHS;
APInt UnknownBit = ~KnownBits;
if (UnknownBit.countPopulation() == 1) {
if (!DoXform) return ICI;
Value *Result = Builder->CreateXor(LHS, RHS);
// Mask off any bits that are set and won't be shifted away.
if (KnownOneLHS.uge(UnknownBit))
Result = Builder->CreateAnd(Result,
ConstantInt::get(ITy, UnknownBit));
// Shift the bit we're testing down to the lsb.
Result = Builder->CreateLShr(
Result, ConstantInt::get(ITy, UnknownBit.countTrailingZeros()));
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
Result = Builder->CreateXor(Result, ConstantInt::get(ITy, 1));
Result->takeName(ICI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Result);
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI) {
// If one of the common conversion will work ..
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// If this is a TRUNC followed by a ZEXT then we are dealing with integral
// types and if the sizes are just right we can convert this into a logical
// 'and' which will be much cheaper than the pair of casts.
if (TruncInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
// Get the sizes of the types involved. We know that the intermediate type
// will be smaller than A or C, but don't know the relation between A and C.
Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
unsigned SrcSize = A->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned MidSize = CSrc->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned DstSize = CI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
// If we're actually extending zero bits, then if
// SrcSize < DstSize: zext(a & mask)
// SrcSize == DstSize: a & mask
// SrcSize > DstSize: trunc(a) & mask
if (SrcSize < DstSize) {
APInt AndValue(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, MidSize));
Constant *AndConst = ConstantInt::get(A->getType(), AndValue);
Value *And = Builder->CreateAnd(A, AndConst, CSrc->getName()+".mask");
return new ZExtInst(And, CI.getType());
}
if (SrcSize == DstSize) {
APInt AndValue(APInt::getLowBitsSet(SrcSize, MidSize));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(A, ConstantInt::get(A->getType(),
AndValue));
}
if (SrcSize > DstSize) {
Value *Trunc = Builder->CreateTrunc(A, CI.getType(), "tmp");
APInt AndValue(APInt::getLowBitsSet(DstSize, MidSize));
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(Trunc,
ConstantInt::get(Trunc->getType(),
AndValue));
}
}
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Src))
return transformZExtICmp(ICI, CI);
BinaryOperator *SrcI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Src);
if (SrcI && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
// zext (or icmp, icmp) --> or (zext icmp), (zext icmp) if at least one
// of the (zext icmp) will be transformed.
ICmpInst *LHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SrcI->getOperand(0));
ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SrcI->getOperand(1));
if (LHS && RHS && LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse() &&
(transformZExtICmp(LHS, CI, false) ||
transformZExtICmp(RHS, CI, false))) {
Value *LCast = Builder->CreateZExt(LHS, CI.getType(), LHS->getName());
Value *RCast = Builder->CreateZExt(RHS, CI.getType(), RHS->getName());
return BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::Or, LCast, RCast);
}
}
// zext(trunc(t) & C) -> (t & zext(C)).
if (SrcI && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && SrcI->hasOneUse())
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SrcI->getOperand(1)))
if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(SrcI->getOperand(0))) {
Value *TI0 = TI->getOperand(0);
if (TI0->getType() == CI.getType())
return
BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(TI0,
ConstantExpr::getZExt(C, CI.getType()));
}
// zext((trunc(t) & C) ^ C) -> ((t & zext(C)) ^ zext(C)).
if (SrcI && SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor && SrcI->hasOneUse())
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SrcI->getOperand(1)))
if (BinaryOperator *And = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI->getOperand(0)))
if (And->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && And->hasOneUse() &&
And->getOperand(1) == C)
if (TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(And->getOperand(0))) {
Value *TI0 = TI->getOperand(0);
if (TI0->getType() == CI.getType()) {
Constant *ZC = ConstantExpr::getZExt(C, CI.getType());
Value *NewAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(TI0, ZC, "tmp");
return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(NewAnd, ZC);
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(SExtInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *I = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
// Canonicalize sign-extend from i1 to a select.
if (Src->getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context))
return SelectInst::Create(Src,
Constant::getAllOnesValue(CI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(CI.getType()));
// See if the value being truncated is already sign extended. If so, just
// eliminate the trunc/sext pair.
if (Operator::getOpcode(Src) == Instruction::Trunc) {
Value *Op = cast<User>(Src)->getOperand(0);
unsigned OpBits = Op->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned MidBits = Src->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned DestBits = CI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Op);
if (OpBits == DestBits) {
// Op is i32, Mid is i8, and Dest is i32. If Op has more than 24 sign
// bits, it is already ready.
if (NumSignBits > DestBits-MidBits)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Op);
} else if (OpBits < DestBits) {
// Op is i32, Mid is i8, and Dest is i64. If Op has more than 24 sign
// bits, just sext from i32.
if (NumSignBits > OpBits-MidBits)
return new SExtInst(Op, CI.getType(), "tmp");
} else {
// Op is i64, Mid is i8, and Dest is i32. If Op has more than 56 sign
// bits, just truncate to i32.
if (NumSignBits > OpBits-MidBits)
return new TruncInst(Op, CI.getType(), "tmp");
}
}
// If the input is a shl/ashr pair of a same constant, then this is a sign
// extension from a smaller value. If we could trust arbitrary bitwidth
// integers, we could turn this into a truncate to the smaller bit and then
// use a sext for the whole extension. Since we don't, look deeper and check
// for a truncate. If the source and dest are the same type, eliminate the
// trunc and extend and just do shifts. For example, turn:
// %a = trunc i32 %i to i8
// %b = shl i8 %a, 6
// %c = ashr i8 %b, 6
// %d = sext i8 %c to i32
// into:
// %a = shl i32 %i, 30
// %d = ashr i32 %a, 30
Value *A = 0;
ConstantInt *BA = 0, *CA = 0;
if (match(Src, m_AShr(m_Shl(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(BA)),
m_ConstantInt(CA))) &&
BA == CA && isa<TruncInst>(A)) {
Value *I = cast<TruncInst>(A)->getOperand(0);
if (I->getType() == CI.getType()) {
unsigned MidSize = Src->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned SrcDstSize = CI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
unsigned ShAmt = CA->getZExtValue()+SrcDstSize-MidSize;
Constant *ShAmtV = ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), ShAmt);
I = Builder->CreateShl(I, ShAmtV, CI.getName());
return BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(I, ShAmtV);
}
}
return 0;
}
/// FitsInFPType - Return a Constant* for the specified FP constant if it fits
/// in the specified FP type without changing its value.
static Constant *FitsInFPType(ConstantFP *CFP, const fltSemantics &Sem,
LLVMContext *Context) {
bool losesInfo;
APFloat F = CFP->getValueAPF();
(void)F.convert(Sem, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &losesInfo);
if (!losesInfo)
return ConstantFP::get(*Context, F);
return 0;
}
/// LookThroughFPExtensions - If this is an fp extension instruction, look
/// through it until we get the source value.
static Value *LookThroughFPExtensions(Value *V, LLVMContext *Context) {
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FPExt)
return LookThroughFPExtensions(I->getOperand(0), Context);
// If this value is a constant, return the constant in the smallest FP type
// that can accurately represent it. This allows us to turn
// (float)((double)X+2.0) into x+2.0f.
if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(V)) {
if (CFP->getType() == Type::getPPC_FP128Ty(*Context))
return V; // No constant folding of this.
// See if the value can be truncated to float and then reextended.
if (Value *V = FitsInFPType(CFP, APFloat::IEEEsingle, Context))
return V;
if (CFP->getType() == Type::getDoubleTy(*Context))
return V; // Won't shrink.
if (Value *V = FitsInFPType(CFP, APFloat::IEEEdouble, Context))
return V;
// Don't try to shrink to various long double types.
}
return V;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPTrunc(FPTruncInst &CI) {
if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
// If we have fptrunc(fadd (fpextend x), (fpextend y)), where x and y are
// smaller than the destination type, we can eliminate the truncate by doing
// the add as the smaller type. This applies to fadd/fsub/fmul/fdiv as well as
// many builtins (sqrt, etc).
BinaryOperator *OpI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(CI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI && OpI->hasOneUse()) {
switch (OpI->getOpcode()) {
default: break;
case Instruction::FAdd:
case Instruction::FSub:
case Instruction::FMul:
case Instruction::FDiv:
case Instruction::FRem:
const Type *SrcTy = OpI->getType();
Value *LHSTrunc = LookThroughFPExtensions(OpI->getOperand(0), Context);
Value *RHSTrunc = LookThroughFPExtensions(OpI->getOperand(1), Context);
if (LHSTrunc->getType() != SrcTy &&
RHSTrunc->getType() != SrcTy) {
unsigned DstSize = CI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
// If the source types were both smaller than the destination type of
// the cast, do this xform.
if (LHSTrunc->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() <= DstSize &&
RHSTrunc->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() <= DstSize) {
LHSTrunc = Builder->CreateFPExt(LHSTrunc, CI.getType());
RHSTrunc = Builder->CreateFPExt(RHSTrunc, CI.getType());
return BinaryOperator::Create(OpI->getOpcode(), LHSTrunc, RHSTrunc);
}
}
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPExt(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI) {
Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI == 0)
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
// fptoui(uitofp(X)) --> X
// fptoui(sitofp(X)) --> X
// This is safe if the intermediate type has enough bits in its mantissa to
// accurately represent all values of X. For example, do not do this with
// i64->float->i64. This is also safe for sitofp case, because any negative
// 'X' value would cause an undefined result for the fptoui.
if ((isa<UIToFPInst>(OpI) || isa<SIToFPInst>(OpI)) &&
OpI->getOperand(0)->getType() == FI.getType() &&
(int)FI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() < /*extra bit for sign */
OpI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FI, OpI->getOperand(0));
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToSI(FPToSIInst &FI) {
Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0));
if (OpI == 0)
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
// fptosi(sitofp(X)) --> X
// fptosi(uitofp(X)) --> X
// This is safe if the intermediate type has enough bits in its mantissa to
// accurately represent all values of X. For example, do not do this with
// i64->float->i64. This is also safe for sitofp case, because any negative
// 'X' value would cause an undefined result for the fptoui.
if ((isa<UIToFPInst>(OpI) || isa<SIToFPInst>(OpI)) &&
OpI->getOperand(0)->getType() == FI.getType() &&
(int)FI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() <=
OpI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FI, OpI->getOperand(0));
return commonCastTransforms(FI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPtrToInt(PtrToIntInst &CI) {
// If the destination integer type is smaller than the intptr_t type for
// this target, do a ptrtoint to intptr_t then do a trunc. This allows the
// trunc to be exposed to other transforms. Don't do this for extending
// ptrtoint's, because we don't know if the target sign or zero extends its
// pointers.
if (TD &&
CI.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() < TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Value *P = Builder->CreatePtrToInt(CI.getOperand(0),
TD->getIntPtrType(CI.getContext()),
"tmp");
return new TruncInst(P, CI.getType());
}
return commonPointerCastTransforms(CI);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitIntToPtr(IntToPtrInst &CI) {
// If the source integer type is larger than the intptr_t type for
// this target, do a trunc to the intptr_t type, then inttoptr of it. This
// allows the trunc to be exposed to other transforms. Don't do this for
// extending inttoptr's, because we don't know if the target sign or zero
// extends to pointers.
if (TD && CI.getOperand(0)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() >
TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
Value *P = Builder->CreateTrunc(CI.getOperand(0),
TD->getIntPtrType(CI.getContext()), "tmp");
return new IntToPtrInst(P, CI.getType());
}
if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBitCast(BitCastInst &CI) {
// If the operands are integer typed then apply the integer transforms,
// otherwise just apply the common ones.
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) {
if (Instruction *I = commonPointerCastTransforms(CI))
return I;
} else {
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
return Result;
}
// Get rid of casts from one type to the same type. These are useless and can
// be replaced by the operand.
if (DestTy == Src->getType())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
if (const PointerType *DstPTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DestTy)) {
const PointerType *SrcPTy = cast<PointerType>(SrcTy);
const Type *DstElTy = DstPTy->getElementType();
const Type *SrcElTy = SrcPTy->getElementType();
// If the address spaces don't match, don't eliminate the bitcast, which is
// required for changing types.
if (SrcPTy->getAddressSpace() != DstPTy->getAddressSpace())
return 0;
// If we are casting a alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
// size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
// There is no need to modify malloc calls because it is their bitcast that
// needs to be cleaned up.
if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Src))
if (Instruction *V = PromoteCastOfAllocation(CI, *AI))
return V;
// If the source and destination are pointers, and this cast is equivalent
// to a getelementptr X, 0, 0, 0... turn it into the appropriate gep.
// This can enhance SROA and other transforms that want type-safe pointers.
Constant *ZeroUInt = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
unsigned NumZeros = 0;
while (SrcElTy != DstElTy &&
isa<CompositeType>(SrcElTy) && !isa<PointerType>(SrcElTy) &&
SrcElTy->getNumContainedTypes() /* not "{}" */) {
SrcElTy = cast<CompositeType>(SrcElTy)->getTypeAtIndex(ZeroUInt);
++NumZeros;
}
// If we found a path from the src to dest, create the getelementptr now.
if (SrcElTy == DstElTy) {
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Idxs(NumZeros+1, ZeroUInt);
return GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Src, Idxs.begin(), Idxs.end(), "",
((Instruction*) NULL));
}
}
if (const VectorType *DestVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(DestTy)) {
if (DestVTy->getNumElements() == 1) {
if (!isa<VectorType>(SrcTy)) {
Value *Elem = Builder->CreateBitCast(Src, DestVTy->getElementType());
return InsertElementInst::Create(UndefValue::get(DestTy), Elem,
Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
}
// FIXME: Canonicalize bitcast(insertelement) -> insertelement(bitcast)
}
}
if (const VectorType *SrcVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SrcTy)) {
if (SrcVTy->getNumElements() == 1) {
if (!isa<VectorType>(DestTy)) {
Value *Elem =
Builder->CreateExtractElement(Src,
Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Elem, DestTy);
}
}
}
if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Src)) {
if (SVI->hasOneUse()) {
// Okay, we have (bitconvert (shuffle ..)). Check to see if this is
// a bitconvert to a vector with the same # elts.
if (isa<VectorType>(DestTy) &&
cast<VectorType>(DestTy)->getNumElements() ==
SVI->getType()->getNumElements() &&
SVI->getType()->getNumElements() ==
cast<VectorType>(SVI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements()) {
CastInst *Tmp;
// If either of the operands is a cast from CI.getType(), then
// evaluating the shuffle in the casted destination's type will allow
// us to eliminate at least one cast.
if (((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(0))) &&
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy) ||
((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(1))) &&
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy)) {
Value *LHS = Builder->CreateBitCast(SVI->getOperand(0), DestTy);
Value *RHS = Builder->CreateBitCast(SVI->getOperand(1), DestTy);
// Return a new shuffle vector. Use the same element ID's, as we
// know the vector types match #elts.
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, SVI->getOperand(2));
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
/// %C = or %A, %B
/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
/// into:
/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
/// %D = or %A, %C
///
/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
///
static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Mul:
case Instruction::And:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::AShr:
return 1;
default:
return 0; // Cannot fold
}
}
/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I,
LLVMContext *Context) {
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
default: llvm_unreachable("This cannot happen!");
case Instruction::Add:
case Instruction::Sub:
case Instruction::Or:
case Instruction::Xor:
case Instruction::Shl:
case Instruction::LShr:
case Instruction::AShr:
return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
case Instruction::And:
return Constant::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
case Instruction::Mul:
return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
}
}
/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
Instruction *FI) {
if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
// If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
// merge.
if (TI->isCast()) {
if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
return 0;
} else {
return 0; // unknown unary op.
}
// Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
SelectInst *NewSI = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::CastOps(TI->getOpcode()), NewSI,
TI->getType());
}
// Only handle binary operators here.
if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
return 0;
// Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
bool MatchIsOpZero;
if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
MatchIsOpZero = false;
} else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
return 0;
} else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
MatchIsOpZero = true;
} else {
return 0;
}
// If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
SelectInst *NewSI = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
if (MatchIsOpZero)
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
else
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
}
llvm_unreachable("Shouldn't get here");
return 0;
}
static bool isSelect01(Constant *C1, Constant *C2) {
ConstantInt *C1I = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C1);
if (!C1I)
return false;
ConstantInt *C2I = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C2);
if (!C2I)
return false;
return (C1I->isZero() || C1I->isOne()) && (C2I->isZero() || C2I->isOne());
}
/// FoldSelectIntoOp - Try fold the select into one of the operands to
/// facilitate further optimization.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectIntoOp(SelectInst &SI, Value *TrueVal,
Value *FalseVal) {
// See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
// transformation we are doing here.
if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal)) {
if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
!isa<Constant>(FalseVal)) {
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
OpToFold = 1;
} else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
OpToFold = 2;
}
if (OpToFold) {
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI, Context);
Value *OOp = TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold);
// Avoid creating select between 2 constants unless it's selecting
// between 0 and 1.
if (!isa<Constant>(OOp) || isSelect01(C, cast<Constant>(OOp))) {
Instruction *NewSel = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), OOp, C);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
NewSel->takeName(TVI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
llvm_unreachable("Unknown instruction!!");
}
}
}
}
}
if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal)) {
if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
!isa<Constant>(TrueVal)) {
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
OpToFold = 1;
} else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
OpToFold = 2;
}
if (OpToFold) {
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI, Context);
Value *OOp = FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold);
// Avoid creating select between 2 constants unless it's selecting
// between 0 and 1.
if (!isa<Constant>(OOp) || isSelect01(C, cast<Constant>(OOp))) {
Instruction *NewSel = SelectInst::Create(SI.getCondition(), C, OOp);
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
NewSel->takeName(FVI);
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
llvm_unreachable("Unknown instruction!!");
}
}
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// visitSelectInstWithICmp - Visit a SelectInst that has an
/// ICmpInst as its first operand.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInstWithICmp(SelectInst &SI,
ICmpInst *ICI) {
bool Changed = false;
ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICI->getPredicate();
Value *CmpLHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *CmpRHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
// Check cases where the comparison is with a constant that
// can be adjusted to fit the min/max idiom. We may edit ICI in
// place here, so make sure the select is the only user.
if (ICI->hasOneUse())
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CmpRHS)) {
switch (Pred) {
default: break;
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
// X < MIN ? T : F --> F
if (CI->isMinValue(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// X < C ? X : C-1 --> X > C-1 ? C-1 : X
Constant *AdjustedRHS = SubOne(CI);
if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && AdjustedRHS == FalseVal) ||
(CmpLHS == FalseVal && AdjustedRHS == TrueVal)) {
Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
CmpRHS = AdjustedRHS;
std::swap(FalseVal, TrueVal);
ICI->setPredicate(Pred);
ICI->setOperand(1, CmpRHS);
SI.setOperand(1, TrueVal);
SI.setOperand(2, FalseVal);
Changed = true;
}
break;
}
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: {
// X > MAX ? T : F --> F
if (CI->isMaxValue(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// X > C ? X : C+1 --> X < C+1 ? C+1 : X
Constant *AdjustedRHS = AddOne(CI);
if ((CmpLHS == TrueVal && AdjustedRHS == FalseVal) ||
(CmpLHS == FalseVal && AdjustedRHS == TrueVal)) {
Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
CmpRHS = AdjustedRHS;
std::swap(FalseVal, TrueVal);
ICI->setPredicate(Pred);
ICI->setOperand(1, CmpRHS);
SI.setOperand(1, TrueVal);
SI.setOperand(2, FalseVal);
Changed = true;
}
break;
}
}
// (x <s 0) ? -1 : 0 -> ashr x, 31 -> all ones if signed
// (x >s -1) ? -1 : 0 -> ashr x, 31 -> all ones if not signed
CmpInst::Predicate Pred = CmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
if (match(TrueVal, m_ConstantInt<-1>()) &&
match(FalseVal, m_ConstantInt<0>()))
Pred = ICI->getPredicate();
else if (match(TrueVal, m_ConstantInt<0>()) &&
match(FalseVal, m_ConstantInt<-1>()))
Pred = CmpInst::getInversePredicate(ICI->getPredicate());
if (Pred != CmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE) {
// If we are just checking for a icmp eq of a single bit and zext'ing it
// to an integer, then shift the bit to the appropriate place and then
// cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
const APInt &Op1CV = CI->getValue();
// sext (x <s 0) to i32 --> x>>s31 true if signbit set.
// sext (x >s -1) to i32 --> (x>>s31)^-1 true if signbit clear.
if ((Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Op1CV == 0) ||
(Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Op1CV.isAllOnesValue())) {
Value *In = ICI->getOperand(0);
Value *Sh = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(),
In->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()-1);
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(In, Sh,
In->getName()+".lobit"),
*ICI);
if (In->getType() != SI.getType())
In = CastInst::CreateIntegerCast(In, SI.getType(),
true/*SExt*/, "tmp", ICI);
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
In = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(In,
In->getName()+".not"), *ICI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, In);
}
}
}
if (CmpLHS == TrueVal && CmpRHS == FalseVal) {
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
/// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect integer MIN/MAX
} else if (CmpLHS == FalseVal && CmpRHS == TrueVal) {
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
/// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect integer MIN/MAX
}
/// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect integer ABS
return Changed ? &SI : 0;
}
/// CanSelectOperandBeMappingIntoPredBlock - SI is a select whose condition is a
/// PHI node (but the two may be in different blocks). See if the true/false
/// values (V) are live in all of the predecessor blocks of the PHI. For
/// example, cases like this cannot be mapped:
///
/// X = phi [ C1, BB1], [C2, BB2]
/// Y = add
/// Z = select X, Y, 0
///
/// because Y is not live in BB1/BB2.
///
static bool CanSelectOperandBeMappingIntoPredBlock(const Value *V,
const SelectInst &SI) {
// If the value is a non-instruction value like a constant or argument, it
// can always be mapped.
const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (I == 0) return true;
// If V is a PHI node defined in the same block as the condition PHI, we can
// map the arguments.
const PHINode *CondPHI = cast<PHINode>(SI.getCondition());
if (const PHINode *VP = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
if (VP->getParent() == CondPHI->getParent())
return true;
// Otherwise, if the PHI and select are defined in the same block and if V is
// defined in a different block, then we can transform it.
if (SI.getParent() == CondPHI->getParent() &&
I->getParent() != CondPHI->getParent())
return true;
// Otherwise we have a 'hard' case and we can't tell without doing more
// detailed dominator based analysis, punt.
return false;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
// select true, X, Y -> X
// select false, X, Y -> Y
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CondVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, C->getZExtValue() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
// select C, X, X -> X
if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
else
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
if (SI.getType() == Type::getInt1Ty(*Context)) {
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal)) {
if (C->getZExtValue()) {
// Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
} else {
// Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
}
} else if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
if (C->getZExtValue() == false) {
// Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
} else {
// Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
}
}
// select a, b, a -> a&b
// select a, a, b -> a|b
if (CondVal == TrueVal)
return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
else if (CondVal == FalseVal)
return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
}
// Selecting between two integer constants?
if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
// select C, 1, 0 -> zext C to int
if (FalseValC->isZero() && TrueValC->getValue() == 1) {
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::ZExt, CondVal, SI.getType());
} else if (TrueValC->isZero() && FalseValC->getValue() == 1) {
// select C, 0, 1 -> zext !C to int
Value *NotCond =
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::CreateNot(CondVal,
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::ZExt, NotCond, SI.getType());
}
if (ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI.getCondition())) {
// If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
// have an icmp instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
// non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
// cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
if (TrueValC->isZero() || FalseValC->isZero())
if (IC->isEquality() && isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
(ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
// Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
// know whether we have a icmp_ne or icmp_eq and whether the
// true or false val is the zero.
bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isZero();
ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
Value *V = ICA;
if (ShouldNotVal)
V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::Create(
Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
}
}
}
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(CondVal)) {
if (FCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) {
// This is not safe in general for floating point:
// consider X== -0, Y== +0.
// It becomes safe if either operand is a nonzero constant.
ConstantFP *CFPt, *CFPf;
if (((CFPt = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(TrueVal)) &&
!CFPt->getValueAPF().isZero()) ||
((CFPf = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(FalseVal)) &&
!CFPf->getValueAPF().isZero()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX
} else if (FCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) {
// This is not safe in general for floating point:
// consider X== -0, Y== +0.
// It becomes safe if either operand is a nonzero constant.
ConstantFP *CFPt, *CFPf;
if (((CFPt = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(TrueVal)) &&
!CFPt->getValueAPF().isZero()) ||
((CFPf = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(FalseVal)) &&
!CFPf->getValueAPF().isZero()))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
}
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX
}
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect ABS
}
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(CondVal))
if (Instruction *Result = visitSelectInstWithICmp(SI, ICI))
return Result;
if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
// Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
return IV;
// Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
// even legal for FP.
if ((TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) ||
(TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub &&
FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd)) {
AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
} else if ((FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) ||
(FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub &&
TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd)) {
AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
}
if (AddOp) {
Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
} else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
}
if (OtherAddOp) {
// So at this point we know we have (Y -> OtherAddOp):
// select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, Z)
Value *NegVal; // Compute -Z
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
} else {
NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1),
"tmp"), SI);
}
Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
if (AddOp != TI)
std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
Instruction *NewSel =
SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueOp,
NewFalseOp, SI.getName() + ".p");
NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
}
}
}
// See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
Instruction *FoldI = FoldSelectIntoOp(SI, TrueVal, FalseVal);
if (FoldI)
return FoldI;
}
// See if we can fold the select into a phi node if the condition is a select.
if (isa<PHINode>(SI.getCondition()))
// The true/false values have to be live in the PHI predecessor's blocks.
if (CanSelectOperandBeMappingIntoPredBlock(TrueVal, SI) &&
CanSelectOperandBeMappingIntoPredBlock(FalseVal, SI))
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(SI))
return NV;
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
return &SI;
}
return 0;
}
/// EnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer points to an object that
/// we control, modify the object's alignment to PrefAlign. This isn't
/// often possible though. If alignment is important, a more reliable approach
/// is to simply align all global variables and allocation instructions to
/// their preferred alignment from the beginning.
///
static unsigned EnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned Align, unsigned PrefAlign) {
User *U = dyn_cast<User>(V);
if (!U) return Align;
switch (Operator::getOpcode(U)) {
default: break;
case Instruction::BitCast:
return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
// If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer.
bool AllZeroOperands = true;
for (User::op_iterator i = U->op_begin() + 1, e = U->op_end(); i != e; ++i)
if (!isa<Constant>(*i) ||
!cast<Constant>(*i)->isNullValue()) {
AllZeroOperands = false;
break;
}
if (AllZeroOperands) {
// Treat this like a bitcast.
return EnforceKnownAlignment(U->getOperand(0), Align, PrefAlign);
}
break;
}
}
if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(V)) {
// If there is a large requested alignment and we can, bump up the alignment
// of the global.
if (!GV->isDeclaration()) {
if (GV->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
Align = GV->getAlignment();
else {
GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
Align = PrefAlign;
}
}
} else if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V)) {
// If there is a requested alignment and if this is an alloca, round up.
if (AI->getAlignment() >= PrefAlign)
Align = AI->getAlignment();
else {
AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
Align = PrefAlign;
}
}
return Align;
}
/// GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that
/// we can determine, return it, otherwise return 0. If PrefAlign is specified,
/// and it is more than the alignment of the ultimate object, see if we can
/// increase the alignment of the ultimate object, making this check succeed.
unsigned InstCombiner::GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Value *V,
unsigned PrefAlign) {
unsigned BitWidth = TD ? TD->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) :
sizeof(PrefAlign) * CHAR_BIT;
APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
unsigned TrailZ = KnownZero.countTrailingOnes();
unsigned Align = 1u << std::min(BitWidth - 1, TrailZ);
if (PrefAlign > Align)
Align = EnforceKnownAlignment(V, Align, PrefAlign);
// We don't need to make any adjustment.
return Align;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) {
unsigned DstAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1));
unsigned SrcAlign = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2));
unsigned MinAlign = std::min(DstAlign, SrcAlign);
unsigned CopyAlign = MI->getAlignment();
if (CopyAlign < MinAlign) {
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
MinAlign, false));
return MI;
}
// If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with
// load/store.
ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getOperand(3));
if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0;
// Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See
// if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store.
// A single load+store correctly handles overlapping memory in the memmove
// case.
unsigned Size = MemOpLength->getZExtValue();
if (Size == 0) return MI; // Delete this mem transfer.
if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1)))
return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit.
// Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better.
Type *NewPtrTy =
PointerType::getUnqual(IntegerType::get(*Context, Size<<3));
// Memcpy forces the use of i8* for the source and destination. That means
// that if you're using memcpy to move one double around, you'll get a cast
// from double* to i8*. We'd much rather use a double load+store rather than
// an i64 load+store, here because this improves the odds that the source or
// dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the
// integer datatype.
if (Value *Op = getBitCastOperand(MI->getOperand(1))) {
const Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(Op->getType())->getElementType();
if (TD && SrcETy->isSized() && TD->getTypeStoreSize(SrcETy) == Size) {
// The SrcETy might be something like {{{double}}} or [1 x double]. Rip
// down through these levels if so.
while (!SrcETy->isSingleValueType()) {
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcETy)) {
if (STy->getNumElements() == 1)
SrcETy = STy->getElementType(0);
else
break;
} else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcETy)) {
if (ATy->getNumElements() == 1)
SrcETy = ATy->getElementType();
else
break;
} else
break;
}
if (SrcETy->isSingleValueType())
NewPtrTy = PointerType::getUnqual(SrcETy);
}
}
// If the memcpy/memmove provides better alignment info than we can
// infer, use it.
SrcAlign = std::max(SrcAlign, CopyAlign);
DstAlign = std::max(DstAlign, CopyAlign);
Value *Src = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(2), NewPtrTy);
Value *Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(MI->getOperand(1), NewPtrTy);
Instruction *L = new LoadInst(Src, "tmp", false, SrcAlign);
InsertNewInstBefore(L, *MI);
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(L, Dest, false, DstAlign), *MI);
// Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
MI->setOperand(3, Constant::getNullValue(MemOpLength->getType()));
return MI;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) {
unsigned Alignment = GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(MI->getDest());
if (MI->getAlignment() < Alignment) {
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(MI->getAlignmentType(),
Alignment, false));
return MI;
}
// Extract the length and alignment and fill if they are constant.
ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue());
if (!LenC || !FillC || FillC->getType() != Type::getInt8Ty(*Context))
return 0;
uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue();
Alignment = MI->getAlignment();
// If the length is zero, this is a no-op
if (Len == 0) return MI; // memset(d,c,0,a) -> noop
// memset(s,c,n) -> store s, c (for n=1,2,4,8)
if (Len <= 8 && isPowerOf2_32((uint32_t)Len)) {
const Type *ITy = IntegerType::get(*Context, Len*8); // n=1 -> i8.
Value *Dest = MI->getDest();
Dest = Builder->CreateBitCast(Dest, PointerType::getUnqual(ITy));
// Alignment 0 is identity for alignment 1 for memset, but not store.
if (Alignment == 0) Alignment = 1;
// Extract the fill value and store.
uint64_t Fill = FillC->getZExtValue()*0x0101010101010101ULL;
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(ConstantInt::get(ITy, Fill),
Dest, false, Alignment), *MI);
// Set the size of the copy to 0, it will be deleted on the next iteration.
MI->setLength(Constant::getNullValue(LenC->getType()));
return MI;
}
return 0;
}
/// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding
/// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do
/// the heavy lifting.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
if (isFreeCall(&CI))
return visitFree(CI);
// If the caller function is nounwind, mark the call as nounwind, even if the
// callee isn't.
if (CI.getParent()->getParent()->doesNotThrow() &&
!CI.doesNotThrow()) {
CI.setDoesNotThrow();
return &CI;
}
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI);
if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI);
// Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
// visitCallSite.
if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) {
bool Changed = false;
// memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) {
// Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
// transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
// alignment is sufficient.
}
}
// If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
// then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
// into a call to memcpy.
if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
Intrinsic::ID MemCpyID = Intrinsic::memcpy;
const Type *Tys[1];
Tys[0] = CI.getOperand(3)->getType();
CI.setOperand(0,
Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, MemCpyID, Tys, 1));
Changed = true;
}
// memmove(x,x,size) -> noop.
if (MMI->getSource() == MMI->getDest())
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
}
// If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently
// set, update the alignment.
if (isa<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemTransfer(MI))
return I;
} else if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(MI)) {
if (Instruction *I = SimplifyMemSet(MSI))
return I;
}
if (Changed) return II;
}
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
default: break;
case Intrinsic::bswap:
// bswap(bswap(x)) -> x
if (IntrinsicInst *Operand = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1)))
if (Operand->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::bswap)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Operand->getOperand(1));
break;
case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: {
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
const IntegerType *IT = cast<IntegerType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
uint32_t BitWidth = IT->getBitWidth();
APInt Mask = APInt::getSignBit(BitWidth);
APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
APInt LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(LHS, Mask, LHSKnownZero, LHSKnownOne);
bool LHSKnownNegative = LHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
bool LHSKnownPositive = LHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
if (LHSKnownNegative || LHSKnownPositive) {
APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0);
APInt RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
ComputeMaskedBits(RHS, Mask, RHSKnownZero, RHSKnownOne);
bool RHSKnownNegative = RHSKnownOne[BitWidth - 1];
bool RHSKnownPositive = RHSKnownZero[BitWidth - 1];
if (LHSKnownNegative && RHSKnownNegative) {
// The sign bit is set in both cases: this MUST overflow.
// Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
Worklist.Add(Add);
Constant *V[] = {
UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()), ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context)
};
Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(*Context, V, 2, false);
return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
}
if (LHSKnownPositive && RHSKnownPositive) {
// The sign bit is clear in both cases: this CANNOT overflow.
// Create a simple add instruction, and insert it into the struct.
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::CreateNUWAdd(LHS, RHS, "", &CI);
Worklist.Add(Add);
Constant *V[] = {
UndefValue::get(LHS->getType()), ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context)
};
Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(*Context, V, 2, false);
return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, Add, 0);
}
}
}
// FALL THROUGH uadd into sadd
case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
// Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
!isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
II->setOperand(2, LHS);
return II;
}
// X + undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
// X + 0 -> {X, false}
if (RHS->isZero()) {
Constant *V[] = {
UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(0)->getType()),
ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context)
};
Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(*Context, V, 2, false);
return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
}
}
break;
case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
// undef - X -> undef
// X - undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(1)) ||
isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
// X - 0 -> {X, false}
if (RHS->isZero()) {
Constant *V[] = {
UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context)
};
Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(*Context, V, 2, false);
return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
}
}
break;
case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
// Canonicalize constants into the RHS.
if (isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(1)) &&
!isa<Constant>(II->getOperand(2))) {
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
II->setOperand(1, II->getOperand(2));
II->setOperand(2, LHS);
return II;
}
// X * undef -> undef
if (isa<UndefValue>(II->getOperand(2)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
if (ConstantInt *RHSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II->getOperand(2))) {
// X*0 -> {0, false}
if (RHSI->isZero())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(II->getType()));
// X * 1 -> {X, false}
if (RHSI->equalsInt(1)) {
Constant *V[] = {
UndefValue::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType()),
ConstantInt::getFalse(*Context)
};
Constant *Struct = ConstantStruct::get(*Context, V, 2, false);
return InsertValueInst::Create(Struct, II->getOperand(1), 0);
}
}
break;
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx:
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq:
// Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
// Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1),
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getType()));
return new LoadInst(Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx:
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl:
// Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), 16) >= 16) {
const Type *OpPtrTy =
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), OpPtrTy);
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd:
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq:
// Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
if (GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), 16) >= 16) {
const Type *OpPtrTy =
PointerType::getUnqual(II->getOperand(2)->getType());
Value *Ptr = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), OpPtrTy);
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: {
// These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If
// we can simplify the input based on that, do so now.
unsigned VWidth =
cast<VectorType>(II->getOperand(1)->getType())->getNumElements();
APInt DemandedElts(VWidth, 1);
APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
UndefElts)) {
II->setOperand(1, V);
return II;
}
break;
}
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm:
// Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant.
if (ConstantVector *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(II->getOperand(3))) {
assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!");
// Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs.
bool AllEltsOk = true;
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) &&
!isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) {
AllEltsOk = false;
break;
}
}
if (AllEltsOk) {
// Cast the input vectors to byte vectors.
Value *Op0 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(1), Mask->getType());
Value *Op1 = Builder->CreateBitCast(II->getOperand(2), Mask->getType());
Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
// Only extract each element once.
Value *ExtractedElts[32];
memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts));
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i)))
continue;
unsigned Idx=cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior.
if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) {
ExtractedElts[Idx] =
Builder->CreateExtractElement(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), Idx&15, false),
"tmp");
}
// Insert this value into the result vector.
Result = Builder->CreateInsertElement(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx],
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i, false),
"tmp");
}
return CastInst::Create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType());
}
}
break;
case Intrinsic::stackrestore: {
// If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can
// happen when variable allocas are DCE'd.
if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) {
BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS;
if (&*++BI == II)
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
}
}
// Scan down this block to see if there is another stack restore in the
// same block without an intervening call/alloca.
BasicBlock::iterator BI = II;
TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator();
bool CannotRemove = false;
for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) {
if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI) || isMalloc(BI)) {
CannotRemove = true;
break;
}
if (CallInst *BCI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BI)) {
if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BCI)) {
// If there is a stackrestore below this one, remove this one.
if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stackrestore)
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
// Otherwise, ignore the intrinsic.
} else {
// If we found a non-intrinsic call, we can't remove the stack
// restore.
CannotRemove = true;
break;
}
}
}
// If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no
// allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore.
if (!CannotRemove && (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI)))
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
break;
}
}
return visitCallSite(II);
}
// InvokeInst simplification
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
return visitCallSite(&II);
}
/// isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast - If this cast does not affect the value
/// passed through the varargs area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS,
const CastInst * const CI,
const TargetData * const TD,
const int ix) {
if (!CI->isLosslessCast())
return false;
// The size of ByVal arguments is derived from the type, so we
// can't change to a type with a different size. If the size were
// passed explicitly we could avoid this check.
if (!CS.paramHasAttr(ix, Attribute::ByVal))
return true;
const Type* SrcTy =
cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
const Type* DstTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
if (!SrcTy->isSized() || !DstTy->isSized())
return false;
if (!TD || TD->getTypeAllocSize(SrcTy) != TD->getTypeAllocSize(DstTy))
return false;
return true;
}
// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
bool Changed = false;
// If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
// to the arguments of the call/invoke.
if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
// If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
// be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context),
UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(*Context)),
OldCall);
// If OldCall dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
// This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
if (!OldCall->getType()->isVoidTy())
OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
return 0;
}
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
// This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
// undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
// that we can't modify the CFG here.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context),
UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(*Context)),
CS.getInstruction());
// If CS dues not return void then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
// This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
if (!CS.getInstruction()->getType()->isVoidTy())
CS.getInstruction()->
replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
// Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
BranchInst::Create(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context), II);
}
return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
}
if (BitCastInst *BC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Callee))
if (IntrinsicInst *In = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(BC->getOperand(0)))
if (In->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline)
return transformCallThroughTrampoline(CS);
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
int ix = FTy->getNumParams() + (isa<InvokeInst>(Callee) ? 3 : 1);
// See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
// the call.
for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ix) {
CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I);
if (CI && isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(CS, CI, TD, ix)) {
*I = CI->getOperand(0);
Changed = true;
}
}
}
if (isa<InlineAsm>(Callee) && !CS.doesNotThrow()) {
// Inline asm calls cannot throw - mark them 'nounwind'.
CS.setDoesNotThrow();
Changed = true;
}
return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
}
// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
//
bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast ||
!isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
return false;
Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
const AttrListPtr &CallerPAL = CS.getAttributes();
// Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
// would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
// be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
//
const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
const Type *NewRetTy = FT->getReturnType();
if (isa<StructType>(NewRetTy))
return false; // TODO: Handle multiple return values.
// Check to see if we are changing the return type...
if (OldRetTy != NewRetTy) {
if (Callee->isDeclaration() &&
// Conversion is ok if changing from one pointer type to another or from
// a pointer to an integer of the same size.
!((isa<PointerType>(OldRetTy) || !TD ||
OldRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
(isa<PointerType>(NewRetTy) || !TD ||
NewRetTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))))
return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
if (!Caller->use_empty() &&
// void -> non-void is handled specially
!NewRetTy->isVoidTy() && !CastInst::isCastable(NewRetTy, OldRetTy))
return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
if (!CallerPAL.isEmpty() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
if (RAttrs & Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy))
return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
}
// If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
// a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
// because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
// the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
if (!Caller->use_empty())
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI)
if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
return false;
}
unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType();
if (!CastInst::isCastable(ActTy, ParamTy))
return false; // Cannot transform this parameter value.
if (CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1)
& Attribute::typeIncompatible(ParamTy))
return false; // Attribute not compatible with transformed value.
// Converting from one pointer type to another or between a pointer and an
// integer of the same size is safe even if we do not have a body.
bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy ||
(TD && ((isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) ||
ParamTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext())) &&
(isa<PointerType>(ActTy) ||
ActTy == TD->getIntPtrType(Caller->getContext()))));
if (Callee->isDeclaration() && !isConvertible) return false;
}
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
Callee->isDeclaration())
return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body.
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && FT->isVarArg() &&
!CallerPAL.isEmpty())
// In this case we have more arguments than the new function type, but we
// won't be dropping them. Check that these extra arguments have attributes
// that are compatible with being a vararg call argument.
for (unsigned i = CallerPAL.getNumSlots(); i; --i) {
if (CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Index <= FT->getNumParams())
break;
Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getSlot(i - 1).Attrs;
if (PAttrs & Attribute::VarArgsIncompatible)
return false;
}
// Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
// inserting cast instructions as necessary...
std::vector<Value*> Args;
Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> attrVec;
attrVec.reserve(NumCommonArgs);
// Get any return attributes.
Attributes RAttrs = CallerPAL.getRetAttributes();
// If the return value is not being used, the type may not be compatible
// with the existing attributes. Wipe out any problematic attributes.
RAttrs &= ~Attribute::typeIncompatible(NewRetTy);
// Add the new return attributes.
if (RAttrs)
attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, RAttrs));
AI = CS.arg_begin();
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
Args.push_back(*AI);
} else {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI,
false, ParamTy, false);
Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp"));
}
// Add any parameter attributes.
if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
}
// If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
// now.
for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
// If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning.
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs) {
if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
errs() << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
<< Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
} else {
// Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list.
for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
// Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
Instruction::CastOps opcode =
CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false, PTy, false);
Args.push_back(Builder->CreateCast(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp"));
} else {
Args.push_back(*AI);
}
// Add any parameter attributes.
if (Attributes PAttrs = CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1))
attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(i + 1, PAttrs));
}
}
}
if (Attributes FnAttrs = CallerPAL.getFnAttributes())
attrVec.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, FnAttrs));
if (NewRetTy->isVoidTy())
Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name.
const AttrListPtr &NewCallerPAL = AttrListPtr::get(attrVec.begin(),
attrVec.end());
Instruction *NC;
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
NC = InvokeInst::Create(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Args.begin(), Args.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
cast<InvokeInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
} else {
NC = CallInst::Create(Callee, Args.begin(), Args.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(Caller);
if (CI->isTailCall())
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(CI->getCallingConv());
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setAttributes(NewCallerPAL);
}
// Insert a cast of the return type as necessary.
Value *NV = NC;
if (OldRetTy != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
if (!NV->getType()->isVoidTy()) {
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false,
OldRetTy, false);
NV = NC = CastInst::Create(opcode, NC, OldRetTy, "tmp");
// If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
// non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->getFirstNonPHI();
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
} else {
// Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
}
Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
} else {
NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
}
}
if (!Caller->use_empty())
Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
EraseInstFromFunction(*Caller);
return true;
}
// transformCallThroughTrampoline - Turn a call to a function created by the
// init_trampoline intrinsic into a direct call to the underlying function.
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS) {
Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
const AttrListPtr &Attrs = CS.getAttributes();
// If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up -
// otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain.
if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest))
return 0;
IntrinsicInst *Tramp =
cast<IntrinsicInst>(cast<BitCastInst>(Callee)->getOperand(0));
Function *NestF = cast<Function>(Tramp->getOperand(2)->stripPointerCasts());
const PointerType *NestFPTy = cast<PointerType>(NestF->getType());
const FunctionType *NestFTy = cast<FunctionType>(NestFPTy->getElementType());
const AttrListPtr &NestAttrs = NestF->getAttributes();
if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) {
unsigned NestIdx = 1;
const Type *NestTy = 0;
Attributes NestAttr = Attribute::None;
// Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute.
for (FunctionType::param_iterator I = NestFTy->param_begin(),
E = NestFTy->param_end(); I != E; ++NestIdx, ++I)
if (NestAttrs.paramHasAttr(NestIdx, Attribute::Nest)) {
// Record the parameter type and any other attributes.
NestTy = *I;
NestAttr = NestAttrs.getParamAttributes(NestIdx);
break;
}
if (NestTy) {
Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
std::vector<Value*> NewArgs;
NewArgs.reserve(unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin())+1);
SmallVector<AttributeWithIndex, 8> NewAttrs;
NewAttrs.reserve(Attrs.getNumSlots() + 1);
// Insert the nest argument into the call argument list, which may
// mean appending it. Likewise for attributes.
// Add any result attributes.
if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getRetAttributes())
NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(0, Attr));
{
unsigned Idx = 1;
CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end();
do {
if (Idx == NestIdx) {
// Add the chain argument and attributes.
Value *NestVal = Tramp->getOperand(3);
if (NestVal->getType() != NestTy)
NestVal = new BitCastInst(NestVal, NestTy, "nest", Caller);
NewArgs.push_back(NestVal);
NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(NestIdx, NestAttr));
}
if (I == E)
break;
// Add the original argument and attributes.
NewArgs.push_back(*I);
if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getParamAttributes(Idx))
NewAttrs.push_back
(AttributeWithIndex::get(Idx + (Idx >= NestIdx), Attr));
++Idx, ++I;
} while (1);
}
// Add any function attributes.
if (Attributes Attr = Attrs.getFnAttributes())
NewAttrs.push_back(AttributeWithIndex::get(~0, Attr));
// The trampoline may have been bitcast to a bogus type (FTy).
// Handle this by synthesizing a new function type, equal to FTy
// with the chain parameter inserted.
std::vector<const Type*> NewTypes;
NewTypes.reserve(FTy->getNumParams()+1);
// Insert the chain's type into the list of parameter types, which may
// mean appending it.
{
unsigned Idx = 1;
FunctionType::param_iterator I = FTy->param_begin(),
E = FTy->param_end();
do {
if (Idx == NestIdx)
// Add the chain's type.
NewTypes.push_back(NestTy);
if (I == E)
break;
// Add the original type.
NewTypes.push_back(*I);
++Idx, ++I;
} while (1);
}
// Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Let the generic
// code sort out any function type mismatches.
FunctionType *NewFTy = FunctionType::get(FTy->getReturnType(), NewTypes,
FTy->isVarArg());
Constant *NewCallee =
NestF->getType() == PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy) ?
NestF : ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF,
PointerType::getUnqual(NewFTy));
const AttrListPtr &NewPAL = AttrListPtr::get(NewAttrs.begin(),
NewAttrs.end());
Instruction *NewCaller;
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
NewCaller = InvokeInst::Create(NewCallee,
II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
cast<InvokeInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
} else {
NewCaller = CallInst::Create(NewCallee, NewArgs.begin(), NewArgs.end(),
Caller->getName(), Caller);
if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setTailCall();
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->
setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
cast<CallInst>(NewCaller)->setAttributes(NewPAL);
}
if (!Caller->getType()->isVoidTy())
Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NewCaller);
Caller->eraseFromParent();
Worklist.Remove(Caller);
return 0;
}
}
// Replace the trampoline call with a direct call. Since there is no 'nest'
// parameter, there is no need to adjust the argument list. Let the generic
// code sort out any function type mismatches.
Constant *NewCallee =
NestF->getType() == PTy ? NestF :
ConstantExpr::getBitCast(NestF, PTy);
CS.setCalledFunction(NewCallee);
return CS.getInstruction();
}
/// FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI - If we have something like phi [add (a,b), add(a,c)]
/// and if a/b/c and the add's all have a single use, turn this into a phi
/// and a single binop.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
assert(isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst));
unsigned Opc = FirstInst->getOpcode();
Value *LHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
Value *RHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
const Type *LHSType = LHSVal->getType();
const Type *RHSType = RHSVal->getType();
// Scan to see if all operands are the same opcode, and all have one use.
for (unsigned i = 1; i != PN.getNumIncomingValues(); ++i) {
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (!I || I->getOpcode() != Opc || !I->hasOneUse() ||
// Verify type of the LHS matches so we don't fold cmp's of different
// types or GEP's with different index types.
I->getOperand(0)->getType() != LHSType ||
I->getOperand(1)->getType() != RHSType)
return 0;
// If they are CmpInst instructions, check their predicates
if (Opc == Instruction::ICmp || Opc == Instruction::FCmp)
if (cast<CmpInst>(I)->getPredicate() !=
cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst)->getPredicate())
return 0;
// Keep track of which operand needs a phi node.
if (I->getOperand(0) != LHSVal) LHSVal = 0;
if (I->getOperand(1) != RHSVal) RHSVal = 0;
}
// If both LHS and RHS would need a PHI, don't do this transformation,
// because it would increase the number of PHIs entering the block,
// which leads to higher register pressure. This is especially
// bad when the PHIs are in the header of a loop.
if (!LHSVal && !RHSVal)
return 0;
// Otherwise, this is safe to transform!
Value *InLHS = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
Value *InRHS = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
PHINode *NewLHS = 0, *NewRHS = 0;
if (LHSVal == 0) {
NewLHS = PHINode::Create(LHSType,
FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getName() + ".pn");
NewLHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
NewLHS->addIncoming(InLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, PN);
LHSVal = NewLHS;
}
if (RHSVal == 0) {
NewRHS = PHINode::Create(RHSType,
FirstInst->getOperand(1)->getName() + ".pn");
NewRHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
NewRHS->addIncoming(InRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, PN);
RHSVal = NewRHS;
}
// Add all operands to the new PHIs.
if (NewLHS || NewRHS) {
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Instruction *InInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (NewLHS) {
Value *NewInLHS = InInst->getOperand(0);
NewLHS->addIncoming(NewInLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
if (NewRHS) {
Value *NewInRHS = InInst->getOperand(1);
NewRHS->addIncoming(NewInRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
}
}
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp->getOpcode(), LHSVal, RHSVal);
CmpInst *CIOp = cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst);
return CmpInst::Create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(),
LHSVal, RHSVal);
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
GetElementPtrInst *FirstInst =cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
SmallVector<Value*, 16> FixedOperands(FirstInst->op_begin(),
FirstInst->op_end());
// This is true if all GEP bases are allocas and if all indices into them are
// constants.
bool AllBasePointersAreAllocas = true;
// We don't want to replace this phi if the replacement would require
// more than one phi, which leads to higher register pressure. This is
// especially bad when the PHIs are in the header of a loop.
bool NeededPhi = false;
// Scan to see if all operands are the same opcode, and all have one use.
for (unsigned i = 1; i != PN.getNumIncomingValues(); ++i) {
GetElementPtrInst *GEP= dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (!GEP || !GEP->hasOneUse() || GEP->getType() != FirstInst->getType() ||
GEP->getNumOperands() != FirstInst->getNumOperands())
return 0;
// Keep track of whether or not all GEPs are of alloca pointers.
if (AllBasePointersAreAllocas &&
(!isa<AllocaInst>(GEP->getOperand(0)) ||
!GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()))
AllBasePointersAreAllocas = false;
// Compare the operand lists.
for (unsigned op = 0, e = FirstInst->getNumOperands(); op != e; ++op) {
if (FirstInst->getOperand(op) == GEP->getOperand(op))
continue;
// Don't merge two GEPs when two operands differ (introducing phi nodes)
// if one of the PHIs has a constant for the index. The index may be
// substantially cheaper to compute for the constants, so making it a
// variable index could pessimize the path. This also handles the case
// for struct indices, which must always be constant.
if (isa<ConstantInt>(FirstInst->getOperand(op)) ||
isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(op)))
return 0;
if (FirstInst->getOperand(op)->getType() !=GEP->getOperand(op)->getType())
return 0;
// If we already needed a PHI for an earlier operand, and another operand
// also requires a PHI, we'd be introducing more PHIs than we're
// eliminating, which increases register pressure on entry to the PHI's
// block.
if (NeededPhi)
return 0;
FixedOperands[op] = 0; // Needs a PHI.
NeededPhi = true;
}
}
// If all of the base pointers of the PHI'd GEPs are from allocas, don't
// bother doing this transformation. At best, this will just save a bit of
// offset calculation, but all the predecessors will have to materialize the
// stack address into a register anyway. We'd actually rather *clone* the
// load up into the predecessors so that we have a load of a gep of an alloca,
// which can usually all be folded into the load.
if (AllBasePointersAreAllocas)
return 0;
// Otherwise, this is safe to transform. Insert PHI nodes for each operand
// that is variable.
SmallVector<PHINode*, 16> OperandPhis(FixedOperands.size());
bool HasAnyPHIs = false;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = FixedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (FixedOperands[i]) continue; // operand doesn't need a phi.
Value *FirstOp = FirstInst->getOperand(i);
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(FirstOp->getType(),
FirstOp->getName()+".pn");
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(e);
NewPN->addIncoming(FirstOp, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
OperandPhis[i] = NewPN;
FixedOperands[i] = NewPN;
HasAnyPHIs = true;
}
// Add all operands to the new PHIs.
if (HasAnyPHIs) {
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
GetElementPtrInst *InGEP =cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
BasicBlock *InBB = PN.getIncomingBlock(i);
for (unsigned op = 0, e = OperandPhis.size(); op != e; ++op)
if (PHINode *OpPhi = OperandPhis[op])
OpPhi->addIncoming(InGEP->getOperand(op), InBB);
}
}
Value *Base = FixedOperands[0];
return cast<GEPOperator>(FirstInst)->isInBounds() ?
GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Base, FixedOperands.begin()+1,
FixedOperands.end()) :
GetElementPtrInst::Create(Base, FixedOperands.begin()+1,
FixedOperands.end());
}
/// isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad - Return true if we know that it is safe to
/// sink the load out of the block that defines it. This means that it must be
/// obvious the value of the load is not changed from the point of the load to
/// the end of the block it is in.
///
/// Finally, it is safe, but not profitable, to sink a load targetting a
/// non-address-taken alloca. Doing so will cause us to not promote the alloca
/// to a register.
static bool isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad(LoadInst *L) {
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = L, E = L->getParent()->end();
for (++BBI; BBI != E; ++BBI)
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
// Check for non-address taken alloca. If not address-taken already, it isn't
// profitable to do this xform.
if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(L->getOperand(0))) {
bool isAddressTaken = false;
for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI->use_begin(), E = AI->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI) {
if (isa<LoadInst>(UI)) continue;
if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(*UI)) {
// If storing TO the alloca, then the address isn't taken.
if (SI->getOperand(1) == AI) continue;
}
isAddressTaken = true;
break;
}
if (!isAddressTaken && AI->isStaticAlloca())
return false;
}
// If this load is a load from a GEP with a constant offset from an alloca,
// then we don't want to sink it. In its present form, it will be
// load [constant stack offset]. Sinking it will cause us to have to
// materialize the stack addresses in each predecessor in a register only to
// do a shared load from register in the successor.
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(L->getOperand(0)))
if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(GEP->getOperand(0)))
if (AI->isStaticAlloca() && GEP->hasAllConstantIndices())
return false;
return true;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
LoadInst *FirstLI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
// When processing loads, we need to propagate two bits of information to the
// sunk load: whether it is volatile, and what its alignment is. We currently
// don't sink loads when some have their alignment specified and some don't.
// visitLoadInst will propagate an alignment onto the load when TD is around,
// and if TD isn't around, we can't handle the mixed case.
bool isVolatile = FirstLI->isVolatile();
unsigned LoadAlignment = FirstLI->getAlignment();
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between the
// load and the PHI.
if (FirstLI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(0) ||
!isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad(FirstLI))
return 0;
// If the PHI is of volatile loads and the load block has multiple
// successors, sinking it would remove a load of the volatile value from
// the path through the other successor.
if (isVolatile &&
FirstLI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1)
return 0;
// Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (!LI || !LI->hasOneUse())
return 0;
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between
// the load and the PHI.
if (LI->isVolatile() != isVolatile ||
LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(i) ||
!isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad(LI))
return 0;
// If some of the loads have an alignment specified but not all of them,
// we can't do the transformation.
if ((LoadAlignment != 0) != (LI->getAlignment() != 0))
return 0;
LoadAlignment = std::min(LoadAlignment, LI->getAlignment());
// If the PHI is of volatile loads and the load block has multiple
// successors, sinking it would remove a load of the volatile value from
// the path through the other successor.
if (isVolatile &&
LI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1)
return 0;
}
// Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
// correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(FirstLI->getOperand(0)->getType(),
PN.getName()+".in");
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Value *InVal = FirstLI->getOperand(0);
NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
// Add all operands to the new PHI.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *NewInVal = cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
if (NewInVal != InVal)
InVal = 0;
NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
Value *PhiVal;
if (InVal) {
// The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
// common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
PhiVal = InVal;
delete NewPN;
} else {
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
PhiVal = NewPN;
}
// If this was a volatile load that we are merging, make sure to loop through
// and mark all the input loads as non-volatile. If we don't do this, we will
// insert a new volatile load and the old ones will not be deletable.
if (isVolatile)
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->setVolatile(false);
return new LoadInst(PhiVal, "", isVolatile, LoadAlignment);
}
/// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
/// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
/// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst))
return FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PN);
if (isa<LoadInst>(FirstInst))
return FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PN);
// Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
// If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
// the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
// code size and simplifying code.
Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
// Be careful about transforming integer PHIs. We don't want to pessimize
// the code by turning an i32 into an i1293.
if (isa<IntegerType>(PN.getType()) && isa<IntegerType>(CastSrcTy)) {
if (!ShouldChangeType(PN.getType(), CastSrcTy, TD))
return 0;
}
} else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst)) {
// Can fold binop, compare or shift here if the RHS is a constant,
// otherwise call FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI.
ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
if (ConstantOp == 0)
return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN);
} else {
return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
}
// Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
if (I == 0 || !I->hasOneUse() || !I->isSameOperationAs(FirstInst))
return 0;
if (CastSrcTy) {
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
return 0; // Cast operation must match.
} else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
return 0;
}
}
// Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
// correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
PN.getName()+".in");
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
// Add all operands to the new PHI.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
if (NewInVal != InVal)
InVal = 0;
NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
}
Value *PhiVal;
if (InVal) {
// The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
// common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
PhiVal = InVal;
delete NewPN;
} else {
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
PhiVal = NewPN;
}
// Insert and return the new operation.
if (CastInst *FirstCI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(FirstInst))
return CastInst::Create(FirstCI->getOpcode(), PhiVal, PN.getType());
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
CmpInst *CIOp = cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst);
return CmpInst::Create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(),
PhiVal, ConstantOp);
}
/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
/// that is dead.
static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN,
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
// Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN))
return true;
// Don't scan crazily complex things.
if (PotentiallyDeadPHIs.size() == 16)
return false;
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
return false;
}
/// PHIsEqualValue - Return true if this phi node is always equal to
/// NonPhiInVal. This happens with mutually cyclic phi nodes like:
/// z = some value; x = phi (y, z); y = phi (x, z)
static bool PHIsEqualValue(PHINode *PN, Value *NonPhiInVal,
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> &ValueEqualPHIs) {
// See if we already saw this PHI node.
if (!ValueEqualPHIs.insert(PN))
return true;
// Don't scan crazily complex things.
if (ValueEqualPHIs.size() == 16)
return false;
// Scan the operands to see if they are either phi nodes or are equal to
// the value.
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
Value *Op = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
if (PHINode *OpPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
if (!PHIsEqualValue(OpPN, NonPhiInVal, ValueEqualPHIs))
return false;
} else if (Op != NonPhiInVal)
return false;
}
return true;
}
namespace {
struct PHIUsageRecord {
unsigned PHIId; // The ID # of the PHI (something determinstic to sort on)
unsigned Shift; // The amount shifted.
Instruction *Inst; // The trunc instruction.
PHIUsageRecord(unsigned pn, unsigned Sh, Instruction *User)
: PHIId(pn), Shift(Sh), Inst(User) {}
bool operator<(const PHIUsageRecord &RHS) const {
if (PHIId < RHS.PHIId) return true;
if (PHIId > RHS.PHIId) return false;
if (Shift < RHS.Shift) return true;
if (Shift > RHS.Shift) return false;
return Inst->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <
RHS.Inst->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
}
};
struct LoweredPHIRecord {
PHINode *PN; // The PHI that was lowered.
unsigned Shift; // The amount shifted.
unsigned Width; // The width extracted.
LoweredPHIRecord(PHINode *pn, unsigned Sh, const Type *Ty)
: PN(pn), Shift(Sh), Width(Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {}
// Ctor form used by DenseMap.
LoweredPHIRecord(PHINode *pn, unsigned Sh)
: PN(pn), Shift(Sh), Width(0) {}
};
}
namespace llvm {
template<>
struct DenseMapInfo<LoweredPHIRecord> {
static inline LoweredPHIRecord getEmptyKey() {
return LoweredPHIRecord(0, 0);
}
static inline LoweredPHIRecord getTombstoneKey() {
return LoweredPHIRecord(0, 1);
}
static unsigned getHashValue(const LoweredPHIRecord &Val) {
return DenseMapInfo<PHINode*>::getHashValue(Val.PN) ^ (Val.Shift>>3) ^
(Val.Width>>3);
}
static bool isEqual(const LoweredPHIRecord &LHS,
const LoweredPHIRecord &RHS) {
return LHS.PN == RHS.PN && LHS.Shift == RHS.Shift &&
LHS.Width == RHS.Width;
}
};
template <>
struct isPodLike<LoweredPHIRecord> { static const bool value = true; };
}
/// SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI - This is an integer PHI and we know that it has an
/// illegal type: see if it is only used by trunc or trunc(lshr) operations. If
/// so, we split the PHI into the various pieces being extracted. This sort of
/// thing is introduced when SROA promotes an aggregate to large integer values.
///
/// TODO: The user of the trunc may be an bitcast to float/double/vector or an
/// inttoptr. We should produce new PHIs in the right type.
///
Instruction *InstCombiner::SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PHINode &FirstPhi) {
// PHIUsers - Keep track of all of the truncated values extracted from a set
// of PHIs, along with their offset. These are the things we want to rewrite.
SmallVector<PHIUsageRecord, 16> PHIUsers;
// PHIs are often mutually cyclic, so we keep track of a whole set of PHI
// nodes which are extracted from. PHIsToSlice is a set we use to avoid
// revisiting PHIs, PHIsInspected is a ordered list of PHIs that we need to
// check the uses of (to ensure they are all extracts).
SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> PHIsToSlice;
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 8> PHIsInspected;
PHIsToSlice.push_back(&FirstPhi);
PHIsInspected.insert(&FirstPhi);
for (unsigned PHIId = 0; PHIId != PHIsToSlice.size(); ++PHIId) {
PHINode *PN = PHIsToSlice[PHIId];
for (Value::use_iterator UI = PN->use_begin(), E = PN->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI) {
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
// If the user is a PHI, inspect its uses recursively.
if (PHINode *UserPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
if (PHIsInspected.insert(UserPN))
PHIsToSlice.push_back(UserPN);
continue;
}
// Truncates are always ok.
if (isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
PHIUsers.push_back(PHIUsageRecord(PHIId, 0, User));
continue;
}
// Otherwise it must be a lshr which can only be used by one trunc.
if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::LShr ||
!User->hasOneUse() || !isa<TruncInst>(User->use_back()) ||
!isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
return 0;
unsigned Shift = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
PHIUsers.push_back(PHIUsageRecord(PHIId, Shift, User->use_back()));
}
}
// If we have no users, they must be all self uses, just nuke the PHI.
if (PHIUsers.empty())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FirstPhi, UndefValue::get(FirstPhi.getType()));
// If this phi node is transformable, create new PHIs for all the pieces
// extracted out of it. First, sort the users by their offset and size.
array_pod_sort(PHIUsers.begin(), PHIUsers.end());
DEBUG(errs() << "SLICING UP PHI: " << FirstPhi << '\n';
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PHIsToSlice.size(); i != e; ++i)
errs() << "AND USER PHI #" << i << ": " << *PHIsToSlice[i] <<'\n';
);
// PredValues - This is a temporary used when rewriting PHI nodes. It is
// hoisted out here to avoid construction/destruction thrashing.
DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*> PredValues;
// ExtractedVals - Each new PHI we introduce is saved here so we don't
// introduce redundant PHIs.
DenseMap<LoweredPHIRecord, PHINode*> ExtractedVals;
for (unsigned UserI = 0, UserE = PHIUsers.size(); UserI != UserE; ++UserI) {
unsigned PHIId = PHIUsers[UserI].PHIId;
PHINode *PN = PHIsToSlice[PHIId];
unsigned Offset = PHIUsers[UserI].Shift;
const Type *Ty = PHIUsers[UserI].Inst->getType();
PHINode *EltPHI;
// If we've already lowered a user like this, reuse the previously lowered
// value.
if ((EltPHI = ExtractedVals[LoweredPHIRecord(PN, Offset, Ty)]) == 0) {
// Otherwise, Create the new PHI node for this user.
EltPHI = PHINode::Create(Ty, PN->getName()+".off"+Twine(Offset), PN);
assert(EltPHI->getType() != PN->getType() &&
"Truncate didn't shrink phi?");
for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
BasicBlock *Pred = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
Value *&PredVal = PredValues[Pred];
// If we already have a value for this predecessor, reuse it.
if (PredVal) {
EltPHI->addIncoming(PredVal, Pred);
continue;
}
// Handle the PHI self-reuse case.
Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
if (InVal == PN) {
PredVal = EltPHI;
EltPHI->addIncoming(PredVal, Pred);
continue;
} else if (PHINode *InPHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN)) {
// If the incoming value was a PHI, and if it was one of the PHIs we
// already rewrote it, just use the lowered value.
if (Value *Res = ExtractedVals[LoweredPHIRecord(InPHI, Offset, Ty)]) {
PredVal = Res;
EltPHI->addIncoming(PredVal, Pred);
continue;
}
}
// Otherwise, do an extract in the predecessor.
Builder->SetInsertPoint(Pred, Pred->getTerminator());
Value *Res = InVal;
if (Offset)
Res = Builder->CreateLShr(Res, ConstantInt::get(InVal->getType(),
Offset), "extract");
Res = Builder->CreateTrunc(Res, Ty, "extract.t");
PredVal = Res;
EltPHI->addIncoming(Res, Pred);
// If the incoming value was a PHI, and if it was one of the PHIs we are
// rewriting, we will ultimately delete the code we inserted. This
// means we need to revisit that PHI to make sure we extract out the
// needed piece.
if (PHINode *OldInVal = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
if (PHIsInspected.count(OldInVal)) {
unsigned RefPHIId = std::find(PHIsToSlice.begin(),PHIsToSlice.end(),
OldInVal)-PHIsToSlice.begin();
PHIUsers.push_back(PHIUsageRecord(RefPHIId, Offset,
cast<Instruction>(Res)));
++UserE;
}
}
PredValues.clear();
DEBUG(errs() << " Made element PHI for offset " << Offset << ": "
<< *EltPHI << '\n');
ExtractedVals[LoweredPHIRecord(PN, Offset, Ty)] = EltPHI;
}
// Replace the use of this piece with the PHI node.
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*PHIUsers[UserI].Inst, EltPHI);
}
// Replace all the remaining uses of the PHI nodes (self uses and the lshrs)
// with undefs.
Value *Undef = UndefValue::get(FirstPhi.getType());
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PHIsToSlice.size(); i != e; ++i)
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*PHIsToSlice[i], Undef);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(FirstPhi, Undef);
}
// PHINode simplification
//
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
// If LCSSA is around, don't mess with Phi nodes
if (MustPreserveLCSSA) return 0;
if (Value *V = PN.hasConstantValue())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
// If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
// reducing code size.
if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(1)) &&
cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0))->getOpcode() ==
cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(1))->getOpcode() &&
// FIXME: The hasOneUse check will fail for PHIs that use the value more
// than themselves more than once.
PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
return Result;
// If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
// this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
// PHI)... break the cycle.
if (PN.hasOneUse()) {
Instruction *PHIUser = cast<Instruction>(PN.use_back());
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PHIUser)) {
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
}
// If this phi has a single use, and if that use just computes a value for
// the next iteration of a loop, delete the phi. This occurs with unused
// induction variables, e.g. "for (int j = 0; ; ++j);". Detecting this
// common case here is good because the only other things that catch this
// are induction variable analysis (sometimes) and ADCE, which is only run
// late.
if (PHIUser->hasOneUse() &&
(isa<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(PHIUser)) &&
PHIUser->use_back() == &PN) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
}
}
// We sometimes end up with phi cycles that non-obviously end up being the
// same value, for example:
// z = some value; x = phi (y, z); y = phi (x, z)
// where the phi nodes don't necessarily need to be in the same block. Do a
// quick check to see if the PHI node only contains a single non-phi value, if
// so, scan to see if the phi cycle is actually equal to that value.
{
unsigned InValNo = 0, NumOperandVals = PN.getNumIncomingValues();
// Scan for the first non-phi operand.
while (InValNo != NumOperandVals &&
isa<PHINode>(PN.getIncomingValue(InValNo)))
++InValNo;
if (InValNo != NumOperandVals) {
Value *NonPhiInVal = PN.getOperand(InValNo);
// Scan the rest of the operands to see if there are any conflicts, if so
// there is no need to recursively scan other phis.
for (++InValNo; InValNo != NumOperandVals; ++InValNo) {
Value *OpVal = PN.getIncomingValue(InValNo);
if (OpVal != NonPhiInVal && !isa<PHINode>(OpVal))
break;
}
// If we scanned over all operands, then we have one unique value plus
// phi values. Scan PHI nodes to see if they all merge in each other or
// the value.
if (InValNo == NumOperandVals) {
SmallPtrSet<PHINode*, 16> ValueEqualPHIs;
if (PHIsEqualValue(&PN, NonPhiInVal, ValueEqualPHIs))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, NonPhiInVal);
}
}
}
// If there are multiple PHIs, sort their operands so that they all list
// the blocks in the same order. This will help identical PHIs be eliminated
// by other passes. Other passes shouldn't depend on this for correctness
// however.
PHINode *FirstPN = cast<PHINode>(PN.getParent()->begin());
if (&PN != FirstPN)
for (unsigned i = 0, e = FirstPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
BasicBlock *BBA = PN.getIncomingBlock(i);
BasicBlock *BBB = FirstPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
if (BBA != BBB) {
Value *VA = PN.getIncomingValue(i);
unsigned j = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(BBB);
Value *VB = PN.getIncomingValue(j);
PN.setIncomingBlock(i, BBB);
PN.setIncomingValue(i, VB);
PN.setIncomingBlock(j, BBA);
PN.setIncomingValue(j, VA);
// NOTE: Instcombine normally would want us to "return &PN" if we
// modified any of the operands of an instruction. However, since we
// aren't adding or removing uses (just rearranging them) we don't do
// this in this case.
}
}
// If this is an integer PHI and we know that it has an illegal type, see if
// it is only used by trunc or trunc(lshr) operations. If so, we split the
// PHI into the various pieces being extracted. This sort of thing is
// introduced when SROA promotes an aggregate to a single large integer type.
if (isa<IntegerType>(PN.getType()) && TD &&
!TD->isLegalInteger(PN.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()))
if (Instruction *Res = SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PN))
return Res;
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Ops(GEP.op_begin(), GEP.op_end());
if (Value *V = SimplifyGEPInst(&Ops[0], Ops.size(), TD))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
// Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
if (TD) {
bool MadeChange = false;
unsigned PtrSize = TD->getPointerSizeInBits();
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end();
I != E; ++I, ++GTI) {
if (!isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) continue;
// If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
// to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need. This
// explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious.
unsigned OpBits = cast<IntegerType>((*I)->getType())->getBitWidth();
if (OpBits == PtrSize)
continue;
*I = Builder->CreateIntCast(*I, TD->getIntPtrType(GEP.getContext()),true);
MadeChange = true;
}
if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
}
// Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
// is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
// getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
//
if (GEPOperator *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp)) {
// Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
// chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
// avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
//
if (GetElementPtrInst *SrcGEP =
dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src->getOperand(0)))
if (SrcGEP->getNumOperands() == 2)
return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices;
// Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
bool EndsWithSequential = false;
for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src);
I != E; ++I)
EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
// Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
if (EndsWithSequential) {
// Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
// With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
//
Value *Sum;
Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands()-1);
Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
Sum = GO1;
} else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
Sum = SO1;
} else {
// If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed
// by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to
// intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been
// normalized.
if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType())
return 0;
Sum = Builder->CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
}
// Update the GEP in place if possible.
if (Src->getNumOperands() == 2) {
GEP.setOperand(0, Src->getOperand(0));
GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
return &GEP;
}
Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end()-1);
Indices.push_back(Sum);
Indices.append(GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
} else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Src->getNumOperands() != 1) {
// Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Indices.append(Src->op_begin()+1, Src->op_end());
Indices.append(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
}
if (!Indices.empty())
return (cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() &&
Src->isInBounds()) ?
GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
Indices.end(), GEP.getName()) :
GetElementPtrInst::Create(Src->getOperand(0), Indices.begin(),
Indices.end(), GEP.getName());
}
// Handle gep(bitcast x) and gep(gep x, 0, 0, 0).
if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) {
assert(isa<PointerType>(X->getType()) && "Must be cast from pointer");
// If the input bitcast is actually "bitcast(bitcast(x))", then we don't
// want to change the gep until the bitcasts are eliminated.
if (getBitCastOperand(X)) {
Worklist.AddValue(PtrOp);
return 0;
}
bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isZero();
// Transform: GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
// into : GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
//
// Likewise, transform: GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ...
// into : GEP i8* X, ...
//
// This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
if (const ArrayType *CATy =
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType())) {
// GEP (bitcast i8* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
if (CATy->getElementType() == XTy->getElementType()) {
// -> GEP i8* X, ...
SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
return cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
GEP.getName()) :
GetElementPtrInst::Create(X, Indices.begin(), Indices.end(),
GEP.getName());
}
if (const ArrayType *XATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType())){
// GEP (bitcast [10 x i8]* X to [0 x i8]*), i32 0, ... ?
if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
// -> GEP [10 x i8]* X, i32 0, ...
// At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
// to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
// array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
// is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
GEP.setOperand(0, X);
return &GEP;
}
}
}
} else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
// Transform things like:
// %t = getelementptr i32* bitcast ([2 x i32]* %str to i32*), i32 %V
// into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x i32]* %str, i32 0, i32 %V; bitcast
const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
TD->getTypeAllocSize(ResElTy)) {
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
Idx[1] = GEP.getOperand(1);
Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
// V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast
return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
}
// Transform things like:
// getelementptr i8* bitcast ([100 x double]* X to i8*), i32 %tmp
// (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
// getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, i32 0, i32 %tmp2; bitcast
if (TD && isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) && ResElTy == Type::getInt8Ty(*Context)) {
uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
TD->getTypeAllocSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
// Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
// allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
Value *NewIdx = 0;
ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(NewIdx->getType()), 1);
} else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
Scale = CI;
} else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
ConstantInt *ShAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
uint32_t ShAmtVal = ShAmt->getLimitedValue(64);
Scale = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(Inst->getType()),
1ULL << ShAmtVal);
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
} else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
}
}
// If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
// out, perform the transformation. Note, we don't know whether Scale is
// signed or not. We'll use unsigned version of division/modulo
// operation after making sure Scale doesn't have the sign bit set.
if (ArrayEltSize && Scale && Scale->getSExtValue() >= 0LL &&
Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(),
Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize);
if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) {
Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(),
false /*ZExt*/);
NewIdx = Builder->CreateMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
}
// Insert the new GEP instruction.
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
Idx[1] = NewIdx;
Value *NewGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName()) :
Builder->CreateGEP(X, Idx, Idx + 2, GEP.getName());
// The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast
return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
}
}
}
}
/// See if we can simplify:
/// X = bitcast A* to B*
/// Y = gep X, <...constant indices...>
/// into a gep of the original struct. This is important for SROA and alias
/// analysis of unions. If "A" is also a bitcast, wait for A/X to be merged.
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(PtrOp)) {
if (TD &&
!isa<BitCastInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) {
// Determine how much the GEP moves the pointer. We are guaranteed to get
// a constant back from EmitGEPOffset.
ConstantInt *OffsetV = cast<ConstantInt>(EmitGEPOffset(&GEP, *this));
int64_t Offset = OffsetV->getSExtValue();
// If this GEP instruction doesn't move the pointer, just replace the GEP
// with a bitcast of the real input to the dest type.
if (Offset == 0) {
// If the bitcast is of an allocation, and the allocation will be
// converted to match the type of the cast, don't touch this.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(BCI->getOperand(0)) ||
isMalloc(BCI->getOperand(0))) {
// See if the bitcast simplifies, if so, don't nuke this GEP yet.
if (Instruction *I = visitBitCast(*BCI)) {
if (I != BCI) {
I->takeName(BCI);
BCI->getParent()->getInstList().insert(BCI, I);
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*BCI, I);
}
return &GEP;
}
}
return new BitCastInst(BCI->getOperand(0), GEP.getType());
}
// Otherwise, if the offset is non-zero, we need to find out if there is a
// field at Offset in 'A's type. If so, we can pull the cast through the
// GEP.
SmallVector<Value*, 8> NewIndices;
const Type *InTy =
cast<PointerType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
if (FindElementAtOffset(InTy, Offset, NewIndices, TD, Context)) {
Value *NGEP = cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP)->isInBounds() ?
Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
NewIndices.end()) :
Builder->CreateGEP(BCI->getOperand(0), NewIndices.begin(),
NewIndices.end());
if (NGEP->getType() == GEP.getType())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NGEP);
NGEP->takeName(&GEP);
return new BitCastInst(NGEP, GEP.getType());
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocaInst(AllocaInst &AI) {
// Convert: alloca Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: alloca [C x Ty], 1
if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) { // Check C != 1
if (const ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
const Type *NewTy =
ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getZExtValue());
assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
AllocaInst *New = Builder->CreateAlloca(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
New->setAlignment(AI.getAlignment());
// Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
// allocas if possible...also skip interleaved debug info
//
BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
while (isa<AllocaInst>(*It) || isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(*It)) ++It;
// Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
// insert our getelementptr instruction...
//
Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
Value *Idx[2];
Idx[0] = NullIdx;
Idx[1] = NullIdx;
Value *V = GetElementPtrInst::CreateInBounds(New, Idx, Idx + 2,
New->getName()+".sub", It);
// Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
// allocation.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
}
}
if (TD && isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized()) {
// If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
// Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate
// and return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
if (TD->getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
// If the alignment is 0 (unspecified), assign it the preferred alignment.
if (AI.getAlignment() == 0)
AI.setAlignment(TD->getPrefTypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType()));
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFree(Instruction &FI) {
Value *Op = FI.getOperand(1);
// free undef -> unreachable.
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
// Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(*Context),
UndefValue::get(Type::getInt1PtrTy(*Context)), &FI);
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
}
// If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
// when lots of inlining happens.
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
// If we have a malloc call whose only use is a free call, delete both.
if (isMalloc(Op)) {
if (CallInst* CI = extractMallocCallFromBitCast(Op)) {
if (Op->hasOneUse() && CI->hasOneUse()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
EraseInstFromFunction(*CI);
return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
}
} else {
// Op is a call to malloc
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
return EraseInstFromFunction(*cast<Instruction>(Op));
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI,
const TargetData *TD) {
User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
LLVMContext *Context = IC.getContext();
const PointerType *DestTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType());
const Type *DestPTy = DestTy->getElementType();
if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
// If the address spaces don't match, don't eliminate the cast.
if (DestTy->getAddressSpace() != SrcTy->getAddressSpace())
return 0;
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy) ||
isa<VectorType>(DestPTy)) {
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
// constants.
if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
Value *Idxs[2];
Idxs[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
Idxs[1] = Idxs[0];
CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs, 2);
SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
}
if (IC.getTargetData() &&
(SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) ||
isa<VectorType>(SrcPTy)) &&
// Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
// casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
(isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
IC.getTargetData()->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) ==
IC.getTargetData()->getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy)) {
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
// the result of the loaded value.
Value *NewLoad =
IC.Builder->CreateLoad(CastOp, LI.isVolatile(), CI->getName());
// Now cast the result of the load.
return new BitCastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
}
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
// Attempt to improve the alignment.
if (TD) {
unsigned KnownAlign =
GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Op, TD->getPrefTypeAlignment(LI.getType()));
if (KnownAlign >
(LI.getAlignment() == 0 ? TD->getABITypeAlignment(LI.getType()) :
LI.getAlignment()))
LI.setAlignment(KnownAlign);
}
// load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe.
if (isa<CastInst>(Op))
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI, TD))
return Res;
// None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
// Do really simple store-to-load forwarding and load CSE, to catch cases
// where there are several consequtive memory accesses to the same location,
// separated by a few arithmetic operations.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &LI;
if (Value *AvailableVal = FindAvailableLoadedValue(Op, LI.getParent(), BBI,6))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, AvailableVal);
// load(gep null, ...) -> unreachable
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op)) {
const Value *GEPI0 = GEPI->getOperand(0);
// TODO: Consider a target hook for valid address spaces for this xform.
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI0) && GEPI->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0){
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
// that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
// an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
// CFG.
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
}
// load null/undef -> unreachable
// TODO: Consider a target hook for valid address spaces for this xform.
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op) ||
(isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op) && LI.getPointerAddressSpace() == 0)) {
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
// this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
// unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
}
// Instcombine load (constantexpr_cast global) -> cast (load global)
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
if (CE->isCast())
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI, TD))
return Res;
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
// Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
// helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
// exposes redundancy in the code.
//
// Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
// introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
// the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
// but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
// unconditionally.
//
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
// load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Value *V1 = Builder->CreateLoad(SI->getOperand(1),
SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val");
Value *V2 = Builder->CreateLoad(SI->getOperand(2),
SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val");
return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
}
// load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
if (C->isNullValue()) {
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
return &LI;
}
// load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
if (C->isNullValue()) {
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
return &LI;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold store V, (cast P) -> store (cast V), P
/// when possible. This makes it generally easy to do alias analysis and/or
/// SROA/mem2reg of the memory object.
static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
if (SrcTy == 0) return 0;
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
if (!DestPTy->isInteger() && !isa<PointerType>(DestPTy))
return 0;
/// NewGEPIndices - If SrcPTy is an aggregate type, we can emit a "noop gep"
/// to its first element. This allows us to handle things like:
/// store i32 xxx, (bitcast {foo*, float}* %P to i32*)
/// on 32-bit hosts.
SmallVector<Value*, 4> NewGEPIndices;
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
// constants.
if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcPTy) || isa<StructType>(SrcPTy)) {
// Index through pointer.
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(*IC.getContext()));
NewGEPIndices.push_back(Zero);
while (1) {
if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(SrcPTy)) {
if (!STy->getNumElements()) /* Struct can be empty {} */
break;
NewGEPIndices.push_back(Zero);
SrcPTy = STy->getElementType(0);
} else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy)) {
NewGEPIndices.push_back(Zero);
SrcPTy = ATy->getElementType();
} else {
break;
}
}
SrcTy = PointerType::get(SrcPTy, SrcTy->getAddressSpace());
}
if (!SrcPTy->isInteger() && !isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy))
return 0;
// If the pointers point into different address spaces or if they point to
// values with different sizes, we can't do the transformation.
if (!IC.getTargetData() ||
SrcTy->getAddressSpace() !=
cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getAddressSpace() ||
IC.getTargetData()->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) !=
IC.getTargetData()->getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy))
return 0;
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before
// the store, cast the value to be stored.
Value *NewCast;
Value *SIOp0 = SI.getOperand(0);
Instruction::CastOps opcode = Instruction::BitCast;
const Type* CastSrcTy = SIOp0->getType();
const Type* CastDstTy = SrcPTy;
if (isa<PointerType>(CastDstTy)) {
if (CastSrcTy->isInteger())
opcode = Instruction::IntToPtr;
} else if (isa<IntegerType>(CastDstTy)) {
if (isa<PointerType>(SIOp0->getType()))
opcode = Instruction::PtrToInt;
}
// SIOp0 is a pointer to aggregate and this is a store to the first field,
// emit a GEP to index into its first field.
if (!NewGEPIndices.empty())
CastOp = IC.Builder->CreateInBoundsGEP(CastOp, NewGEPIndices.begin(),
NewGEPIndices.end());
NewCast = IC.Builder->CreateCast(opcode, SIOp0, CastDstTy,
SIOp0->getName()+".c");
return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
}
/// equivalentAddressValues - Test if A and B will obviously have the same
/// value. This includes recognizing that %t0 and %t1 will have the same
/// value in code like this:
/// %t0 = getelementptr \@a, 0, 3
/// store i32 0, i32* %t0
/// %t1 = getelementptr \@a, 0, 3
/// %t2 = load i32* %t1
///
static bool equivalentAddressValues(Value *A, Value *B) {
// Test if the values are trivially equivalent.
if (A == B) return true;
// Test if the values come form identical arithmetic instructions.
// This uses isIdenticalToWhenDefined instead of isIdenticalTo because
// its only used to compare two uses within the same basic block, which
// means that they'll always either have the same value or one of them
// will have an undefined value.
if (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) ||
isa<CastInst>(A) ||
isa<PHINode>(A) ||
isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A))
if (Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(B))
if (cast<Instruction>(A)->isIdenticalToWhenDefined(BI))
return true;
// Otherwise they may not be equivalent.
return false;
}
// If this instruction has two uses, one of which is a llvm.dbg.declare,
// return the llvm.dbg.declare.
DbgDeclareInst *InstCombiner::hasOneUsePlusDeclare(Value *V) {
if (!V->hasNUses(2))
return 0;
for (Value::use_iterator UI = V->use_begin(), E = V->use_end();
UI != E; ++UI) {
if (DbgDeclareInst *DI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(UI))
return DI;
if (isa<BitCastInst>(UI) && UI->hasOneUse()) {
if (DbgDeclareInst *DI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(UI->use_begin()))
return DI;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
// If the RHS is an alloca with a single use, zapify the store, making the
// alloca dead.
// If the RHS is an alloca with a two uses, the other one being a
// llvm.dbg.declare, zapify the store and the declare, making the
// alloca dead. We must do this to prevent declare's from affecting
// codegen.
if (!SI.isVolatile()) {
if (Ptr->hasOneUse()) {
if (isa<AllocaInst>(Ptr)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr)) {
if (isa<AllocaInst>(GEP->getOperand(0))) {
if (GEP->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
if (DbgDeclareInst *DI = hasOneUsePlusDeclare(GEP->getOperand(0))) {
EraseInstFromFunction(*DI);
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
}
}
}
if (DbgDeclareInst *DI = hasOneUsePlusDeclare(Ptr)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(*DI);
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
}
// Attempt to improve the alignment.
if (TD) {
unsigned KnownAlign =
GetOrEnforceKnownAlignment(Ptr, TD->getPrefTypeAlignment(Val->getType()));
if (KnownAlign >
(SI.getAlignment() == 0 ? TD->getABITypeAlignment(Val->getType()) :
SI.getAlignment()))
SI.setAlignment(KnownAlign);
}
// Do really simple DSE, to catch cases where there are several consecutive
// stores to the same location, separated by a few arithmetic operations. This
// situation often occurs with bitfield accesses.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &SI;
for (unsigned ScanInsts = 6; BBI != SI.getParent()->begin() && ScanInsts;
--ScanInsts) {
--BBI;
// Don't count debug info directives, lest they affect codegen,
// and we skip pointer-to-pointer bitcasts, which are NOPs.
// It is necessary for correctness to skip those that feed into a
// llvm.dbg.declare, as these are not present when debugging is off.
if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) ||
(isa<BitCastInst>(BBI) && isa<PointerType>(BBI->getType()))) {
ScanInsts++;
continue;
}
if (StoreInst *PrevSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI)) {
// Prev store isn't volatile, and stores to the same location?
if (!PrevSI->isVolatile() &&equivalentAddressValues(PrevSI->getOperand(1),
SI.getOperand(1))) {
++NumDeadStore;
++BBI;
EraseInstFromFunction(*PrevSI);
continue;
}
break;
}
// If this is a load, we have to stop. However, if the loaded value is from
// the pointer we're loading and is producing the pointer we're storing,
// then *this* store is dead (X = load P; store X -> P).
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
if (LI == Val && equivalentAddressValues(LI->getOperand(0), Ptr) &&
!SI.isVolatile()) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
// Otherwise, this is a load from some other location. Stores before it
// may not be dead.
break;
}
// Don't skip over loads or things that can modify memory.
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory() || BBI->mayReadFromMemory())
break;
}
if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile stores.
// store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr) && SI.getPointerAddressSpace() == 0) {
if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
Worklist.Add(U); // Dropped a use.
++NumCombined;
}
return 0; // Do not modify these!
}
// store undef, Ptr -> noop
if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
++NumCombined;
return 0;
}
// If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
// source instead.
if (isa<CastInst>(Ptr))
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
return Res;
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
if (CE->isCast())
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
return Res;
// If this store is the last instruction in the basic block (possibly
// excepting debug info instructions and the pointer bitcasts that feed
// into them), and if the block ends with an unconditional branch, try
// to move it to the successor block.
BBI = &SI;
do {
++BBI;
} while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) ||
(isa<BitCastInst>(BBI) && isa<PointerType>(BBI->getType())));
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI))
if (BI->isUnconditional())
if (SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(SI))
return 0; // xform done!
return 0;
}
/// SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock - Turn things like:
/// if () { *P = v1; } else { *P = v2 }
/// into a phi node with a store in the successor.
///
/// Simplify things like:
/// *P = v1; if () { *P = v2; }
/// into a phi node with a store in the successor.
///
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI) {
BasicBlock *StoreBB = SI.getParent();
// Check to see if the successor block has exactly two incoming edges. If
// so, see if the other predecessor contains a store to the same location.
// if so, insert a PHI node (if needed) and move the stores down.
BasicBlock *DestBB = StoreBB->getTerminator()->getSuccessor(0);
// Determine whether Dest has exactly two predecessors and, if so, compute
// the other predecessor.
pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB);
BasicBlock *OtherBB = 0;
if (*PI != StoreBB)
OtherBB = *PI;
++PI;
if (PI == pred_end(DestBB))
return false;
if (*PI != StoreBB) {
if (OtherBB)
return false;
OtherBB = *PI;
}
if (++PI != pred_end(DestBB))
return false;
// Bail out if all the relevant blocks aren't distinct (this can happen,
// for example, if SI is in an infinite loop)
if (StoreBB == DestBB || OtherBB == DestBB)
return false;
// Verify that the other block ends in a branch and is not otherwise empty.
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = OtherBB->getTerminator();
BranchInst *OtherBr = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI);
if (!OtherBr || BBI == OtherBB->begin())
return false;
// If the other block ends in an unconditional branch, check for the 'if then
// else' case. there is an instruction before the branch.
StoreInst *OtherStore = 0;
if (OtherBr->isUnconditional()) {
--BBI;
// Skip over debugging info.
while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) ||
(isa<BitCastInst>(BBI) && isa<PointerType>(BBI->getType()))) {
if (BBI==OtherBB->begin())
return false;
--BBI;
}
// If this isn't a store, isn't a store to the same location, or if the
// alignments differ, bail out.
OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
if (!OtherStore || OtherStore->getOperand(1) != SI.getOperand(1) ||
OtherStore->getAlignment() != SI.getAlignment())
return false;
} else {
// Otherwise, the other block ended with a conditional branch. If one of the
// destinations is StoreBB, then we have the if/then case.
if (OtherBr->getSuccessor(0) != StoreBB &&
OtherBr->getSuccessor(1) != StoreBB)
return false;
// Okay, we know that OtherBr now goes to Dest and StoreBB, so this is an
// if/then triangle. See if there is a store to the same ptr as SI that
// lives in OtherBB.
for (;; --BBI) {
// Check to see if we find the matching store.
if ((OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))) {
if (OtherStore->getOperand(1) != SI.getOperand(1) ||
OtherStore->getAlignment() != SI.getAlignment())
return false;
break;
}
// If we find something that may be using or overwriting the stored
// value, or if we run out of instructions, we can't do the xform.
if (BBI->mayReadFromMemory() || BBI->mayWriteToMemory() ||
BBI == OtherBB->begin())
return false;
}
// In order to eliminate the store in OtherBr, we have to
// make sure nothing reads or overwrites the stored value in
// StoreBB.
for (BasicBlock::iterator I = StoreBB->begin(); &*I != &SI; ++I) {
// FIXME: This should really be AA driven.
if (I->mayReadFromMemory() || I->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
}
}
// Insert a PHI node now if we need it.
Value *MergedVal = OtherStore->getOperand(0);
if (MergedVal != SI.getOperand(0)) {
PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(MergedVal->getType(), "storemerge");
PN->reserveOperandSpace(2);
PN->addIncoming(SI.getOperand(0), SI.getParent());
PN->addIncoming(OtherStore->getOperand(0), OtherBB);
MergedVal = InsertNewInstBefore(PN, DestBB->front());
}
// Advance to a place where it is safe to insert the new store and
// insert it.
BBI = DestBB->getFirstNonPHI();
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(MergedVal, SI.getOperand(1),
OtherStore->isVolatile(),
SI.getAlignment()), *BBI);
// Nuke the old stores.
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
EraseInstFromFunction(*OtherStore);
++NumCombined;
return true;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
// Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Value *X = 0;
BasicBlock *TrueDest;
BasicBlock *FalseDest;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
!isa<Constant>(X)) {
// Swap Destinations and condition...
BI.setCondition(X);
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
return &BI;
}
// Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq
FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
if (FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE ||
FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) {
FCmpInst *Cond = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
Cond->setPredicate(FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred));
// Swap Destinations and condition.
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Worklist.Add(Cond);
return &BI;
}
// Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq
ICmpInst::Predicate IPred;
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse())
if (IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) {
ICmpInst *Cond = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
Cond->setPredicate(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred));
// Swap Destinations and condition.
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Worklist.Add(Cond);
return &BI;
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
// change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
SI.setOperand(i,
ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
AddRHS));
SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
Worklist.Add(I);
return &SI;
}
}
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
if (!EV.hasIndices())
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Agg)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, UndefValue::get(EV.getType()));
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, Constant::getNullValue(EV.getType()));
if (isa<ConstantArray>(C) || isa<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
// Extract the element indexed by the first index out of the constant
Value *V = C->getOperand(*EV.idx_begin());
if (EV.getNumIndices() > 1)
// Extract the remaining indices out of the constant indexed by the
// first index
return ExtractValueInst::Create(V, EV.idx_begin() + 1, EV.idx_end());
else
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
}
return 0; // Can't handle other constants
}
if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) {
// We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
exti != exte && insi != inse;
++exti, ++insi) {
if (*insi != *exti)
// The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
// This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
// replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
// operand of the insert. i.e., replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
// with
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
}
if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
// Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
// %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
// %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
// with "i32 42"
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
if (exti == exte) {
// The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
// with
// %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
// %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
// by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
// insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
Value *NewEV = Builder->CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
EV.idx_begin(), EV.idx_end());
return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
insi, inse);
}
if (insi == inse)
// The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
// We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
// operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
// i.e., replace
// %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
// %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
// with
// %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
exti, exte);
}
if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)) {
// We're extracting from an intrinsic, see if we're the only user, which
// allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things that
// just get one value..
if (II->hasOneUse()) {
// Check if we're grabbing the overflow bit or the result of a 'with
// overflow' intrinsic. If it's the latter we can remove the intrinsic
// and replace it with a traditional binary instruction.
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(LHS, RHS);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
return BinaryOperator::CreateSub(LHS, RHS);
}
break;
case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) { // Normal result.
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1), *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
II->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(II->getType()));
EraseInstFromFunction(*II);
return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(LHS, RHS);
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
// Can't simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts are
// already simplified implicitely by the above (extract ( extract (insert) )
// will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
// the value inserted, if appropriate).
return 0;
}
/// CheapToScalarize - Return true if the value is cheaper to scalarize than it
/// is to leave as a vector operation.
static bool CheapToScalarize(Value *V, bool isConstant) {
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
return true;
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V)) {
if (isConstant) return true;
// If all elts are the same, we can extract.
Constant *Op0 = C->getOperand(0);
for (unsigned i = 1; i < C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
if (C->getOperand(i) != Op0)
return false;
return true;
}
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
if (!I) return false;
// Insert element gets simplified to the inserted element or is deleted if
// this is constant idx extract element and its a constant idx insertelt.
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement && isConstant &&
isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2)))
return true;
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load && I->hasOneUse())
return true;
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I))
if (BO->hasOneUse() &&
(CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
return true;
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
if (CI->hasOneUse() &&
(CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
return true;
return false;
}
/// Read and decode a shufflevector mask.
///
/// It turns undef elements into values that are larger than the number of
/// elements in the input.
static std::vector<unsigned> getShuffleMask(const ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
unsigned NElts = SVI->getType()->getNumElements();
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 0);
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 2*NElts);
std::vector<unsigned> Result;
const ConstantVector *CP = cast<ConstantVector>(SVI->getOperand(2));
for (User::const_op_iterator i = CP->op_begin(), e = CP->op_end(); i!=e; ++i)
if (isa<UndefValue>(*i))
Result.push_back(NElts*2); // undef -> 8
else
Result.push_back(cast<ConstantInt>(*i)->getZExtValue());
return Result;
}
/// FindScalarElement - Given a vector and an element number, see if the scalar
/// value is already around as a register, for example if it were inserted then
/// extracted from the vector.
static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo,
LLVMContext *Context) {
assert(isa<VectorType>(V->getType()) && "Not looking at a vector?");
const VectorType *PTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
unsigned Width = PTy->getNumElements();
if (EltNo >= Width) // Out of range access.
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
return Constant::getNullValue(PTy->getElementType());
else if (ConstantVector *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(V))
return CP->getOperand(EltNo);
else if (InsertElementInst *III = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert to a variable element, we don't know what it is.
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2)))
return 0;
unsigned IIElt = cast<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue();
// If this is an insert to the element we are looking for, return the
// inserted value.
if (EltNo == IIElt)
return III->getOperand(1);
// Otherwise, the insertelement doesn't modify the value, recurse on its
// vector input.
return FindScalarElement(III->getOperand(0), EltNo, Context);
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(V)) {
unsigned LHSWidth =
cast<VectorType>(SVI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
unsigned InEl = getShuffleMask(SVI)[EltNo];
if (InEl < LHSWidth)
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(0), InEl, Context);
else if (InEl < LHSWidth*2)
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(1), InEl - LHSWidth, Context);
else
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
}
// Otherwise, we don't know.
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI) {
// If vector val is undef, replace extract with scalar undef.
if (isa<UndefValue>(EI.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
// If vector val is constant 0, replace extract with scalar 0.
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(EI.getOperand(0)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Constant::getNullValue(EI.getType()));
if (ConstantVector *C = dyn_cast<ConstantVector>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
// If vector val is constant with all elements the same, replace EI with
// that element. When the elements are not identical, we cannot replace yet
// (we do that below, but only when the index is constant).
Constant *op0 = C->getOperand(0);
for (unsigned i = 1; i != C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
if (C->getOperand(i) != op0) {
op0 = 0;
break;
}
if (op0)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, op0);
}
// If extracting a specified index from the vector, see if we can recursively
// find a previously computed scalar that was inserted into the vector.
if (ConstantInt *IdxC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
unsigned IndexVal = IdxC->getZExtValue();
unsigned VectorWidth = EI.getVectorOperandType()->getNumElements();
// If this is extracting an invalid index, turn this into undef, to avoid
// crashing the code below.
if (IndexVal >= VectorWidth)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
// This instruction only demands the single element from the input vector.
// If the input vector has a single use, simplify it based on this use
// property.
if (EI.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && VectorWidth != 1) {
APInt UndefElts(VectorWidth, 0);
APInt DemandedMask(VectorWidth, 1 << IndexVal);
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(EI.getOperand(0),
DemandedMask, UndefElts)) {
EI.setOperand(0, V);
return &EI;
}
}
if (Value *Elt = FindScalarElement(EI.getOperand(0), IndexVal, Context))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Elt);
// If the this extractelement is directly using a bitcast from a vector of
// the same number of elements, see if we can find the source element from
// it. In this case, we will end up needing to bitcast the scalars.
if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
if (const VectorType *VT =
dyn_cast<VectorType>(BCI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
if (VT->getNumElements() == VectorWidth)
if (Value *Elt = FindScalarElement(BCI->getOperand(0),
IndexVal, Context))
return new BitCastInst(Elt, EI.getType());
}
}
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
// Push extractelement into predecessor operation if legal and
// profitable to do so
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
if (I->hasOneUse() &&
CheapToScalarize(BO, isa<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1)))) {
Value *newEI0 =
Builder->CreateExtractElement(BO->getOperand(0), EI.getOperand(1),
EI.getName()+".lhs");
Value *newEI1 =
Builder->CreateExtractElement(BO->getOperand(1), EI.getOperand(1),
EI.getName()+".rhs");
return BinaryOperator::Create(BO->getOpcode(), newEI0, newEI1);
}
} else if (InsertElementInst *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(I)) {
// Extracting the inserted element?
if (IE->getOperand(2) == EI.getOperand(1))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, IE->getOperand(1));
// If the inserted and extracted elements are constants, they must not
// be the same value, extract from the pre-inserted value instead.
if (isa<Constant>(IE->getOperand(2)) && isa<Constant>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
Worklist.AddValue(EI.getOperand(0));
EI.setOperand(0, IE->getOperand(0));
return &EI;
}
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I)) {
// If this is extracting an element from a shufflevector, figure out where
// it came from and extract from the appropriate input element instead.
if (ConstantInt *Elt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
unsigned SrcIdx = getShuffleMask(SVI)[Elt->getZExtValue()];
Value *Src;
unsigned LHSWidth =
cast<VectorType>(SVI->getOperand(0)->getType())->getNumElements();
if (SrcIdx < LHSWidth)
Src = SVI->getOperand(0);
else if (SrcIdx < LHSWidth*2) {
SrcIdx -= LHSWidth;
Src = SVI->getOperand(1);
} else {
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
}
return ExtractElementInst::Create(Src,
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), SrcIdx,
false));
}
}
// FIXME: Canonicalize extractelement(bitcast) -> bitcast(extractelement)
}
return 0;
}
/// CollectSingleShuffleElements - If V is a shuffle of values that ONLY returns
/// elements from either LHS or RHS, return the shuffle mask and true.
/// Otherwise, return false.
static bool CollectSingleShuffleElements(Value *V, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
std::vector<Constant*> &Mask,
LLVMContext *Context) {
assert(V->getType() == LHS->getType() && V->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
"Invalid CollectSingleShuffleElements");
unsigned NumElts = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
return true;
} else if (V == LHS) {
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i));
return true;
} else if (V == RHS) {
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i+NumElts));
return true;
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp))
return false;
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp)) { // inserting undef into vector.
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
// transitively ok.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask, Context)) {
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted undef.
Mask[InsertedIdx] = UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context));
return true;
}
} else if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)){
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
// This must be extracting from either LHS or RHS.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS || EI->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
// transitively ok.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask, Context)) {
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted value.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), ExtractedIdx);
} else {
assert(EI->getOperand(0) == RHS);
Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), ExtractedIdx+NumElts);
}
return true;
}
}
}
}
}
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
return false;
}
/// CollectShuffleElements - We are building a shuffle of V, using RHS as the
/// RHS of the shuffle instruction, if it is not null. Return a shuffle mask
/// that computes V and the LHS value of the shuffle.
static Value *CollectShuffleElements(Value *V, std::vector<Constant*> &Mask,
Value *&RHS, LLVMContext *Context) {
assert(isa<VectorType>(V->getType()) &&
(RHS == 0 || V->getType() == RHS->getType()) &&
"Invalid shuffle!");
unsigned NumElts = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
return V;
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
Mask.assign(NumElts, ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), 0));
return V;
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
// Either the extracted from or inserted into vector must be RHSVec,
// otherwise we'd end up with a shuffle of three inputs.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == RHS || RHS == 0) {
RHS = EI->getOperand(0);
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(VecOp, Mask, RHS, Context);
Mask[InsertedIdx % NumElts] =
ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), NumElts+ExtractedIdx);
return V;
}
if (VecOp == RHS) {
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(EI->getOperand(0), Mask,
RHS, Context);
// Everything but the extracted element is replaced with the RHS.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
if (i != InsertedIdx)
Mask[i] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), NumElts+i);
}
return V;
}
// If this insertelement is a chain that comes from exactly these two
// vectors, return the vector and the effective shuffle.
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(IEI, EI->getOperand(0), RHS, Mask,
Context))
return EI->getOperand(0);
}
}
}
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
// Otherwise, can't do anything fancy. Return an identity vector.
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), i));
return V;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) {
Value *VecOp = IE.getOperand(0);
Value *ScalarOp = IE.getOperand(1);
Value *IdxOp = IE.getOperand(2);
// Inserting an undef or into an undefined place, remove this.
if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp) || isa<UndefValue>(IdxOp))
ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
// If the inserted element was extracted from some other vector, and if the
// indexes are constant, try to turn this into a shufflevector operation.
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == IE.getType()) {
unsigned NumVectorElts = IE.getType()->getNumElements();
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
if (ExtractedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range extract.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
if (InsertedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range insert.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, UndefValue::get(IE.getType()));
// If we are extracting a value from a vector, then inserting it right
// back into the same place, just use the input vector.
if (EI->getOperand(0) == VecOp && ExtractedIdx == InsertedIdx)
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
// If this insertelement isn't used by some other insertelement, turn it
// (and any insertelements it points to), into one big shuffle.
if (!IE.hasOneUse() || !isa<InsertElementInst>(IE.use_back())) {
std::vector<Constant*> Mask;
Value *RHS = 0;
Value *LHS = CollectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, RHS, Context);
if (RHS == 0) RHS = UndefValue::get(LHS->getType());
// We now have a shuffle of LHS, RHS, Mask.
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS,
ConstantVector::get(Mask));
}
}
}
unsigned VWidth = cast<VectorType>(VecOp->getType())->getNumElements();
APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
if (SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&IE, AllOnesEltMask, UndefElts))
return &IE;
return 0;
}
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) {
Value *LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
Value *RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
std::vector<unsigned> Mask = getShuffleMask(&SVI);
bool MadeChange = false;
// Undefined shuffle mask -> undefined value.
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI.getOperand(2)))
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, UndefValue::get(SVI.getType()));
unsigned VWidth = cast<VectorType>(SVI.getType())->getNumElements();
if (VWidth != cast<VectorType>(LHS->getType())->getNumElements())
return 0;
APInt UndefElts(VWidth, 0);
APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnesValue(VWidth));
if (SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&SVI, AllOnesEltMask, UndefElts)) {
LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
MadeChange = true;
}
// Canonicalize shuffle(x ,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask')
// Canonicalize shuffle(undef,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask').
if (LHS == RHS || isa<UndefValue>(LHS)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(LHS) && LHS == RHS) {
// shuffle(undef,undef,mask) -> undef.
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
}
// Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] >= 2*e)
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
else {
if ((Mask[i] >= e && isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) ||
(Mask[i] < e && isa<UndefValue>(LHS))) {
Mask[i] = 2*e; // Turn into undef.
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
} else {
Mask[i] = Mask[i] % e; // Force to LHS.
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context), Mask[i]));
}
}
}
SVI.setOperand(0, SVI.getOperand(1));
SVI.setOperand(1, UndefValue::get(RHS->getType()));
SVI.setOperand(2, ConstantVector::get(Elts));
LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
MadeChange = true;
}
// Analyze the shuffle, are the LHS or RHS and identity shuffles?
bool isLHSID = true, isRHSID = true;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (Mask[i] >= e*2) continue; // Ignore undef values.
// Is this an identity shuffle of the LHS value?
isLHSID &= (Mask[i] == i);
// Is this an identity shuffle of the RHS value?
isRHSID &= (Mask[i]-e == i);
}
// Eliminate identity shuffles.
if (isLHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
if (isRHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, RHS);
// If the LHS is a shufflevector itself, see if we can combine it with this
// one without producing an unusual shuffle. Here we are really conservative:
// we are absolutely afraid of producing a shuffle mask not in the input
// program, because the code gen may not be smart enough to turn a merged
// shuffle into two specific shuffles: it may produce worse code. As such,
// we only merge two shuffles if the result is one of the two input shuffle
// masks. In this case, merging the shuffles just removes one instruction,
// which we know is safe. This is good for things like turning:
// (splat(splat)) -> splat.
if (ShuffleVectorInst *LHSSVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS)) {
if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) {
std::vector<unsigned> LHSMask = getShuffleMask(LHSSVI);
if (LHSMask.size() == Mask.size()) {
std::vector<unsigned> NewMask;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i)
if (Mask[i] >= e)
NewMask.push_back(2*e);
else
NewMask.push_back(LHSMask[Mask[i]]);
// If the result mask is equal to the src shuffle or this
// shuffle mask, do the replacement.
if (NewMask == LHSMask || NewMask == Mask) {
unsigned LHSInNElts =
cast<VectorType>(LHSSVI->getOperand(0)->getType())->
getNumElements();
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewMask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
if (NewMask[i] >= LHSInNElts*2) {
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context)));
} else {
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(*Context),
NewMask[i]));
}
}
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHSSVI->getOperand(0),
LHSSVI->getOperand(1),
ConstantVector::get(Elts));
}
}
}
}
return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0;
}
/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
/// end of its block.
static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
// Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayHaveSideEffects() || isa<TerminatorInst>(I))
return false;
// Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() ==
&DestBlock->getParent()->getEntryBlock())
return false;
// We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
// the end of block that could change the value.
if (I->mayReadFromMemory()) {
for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = I, E = I->getParent()->end();
Scan != E; ++Scan)
if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
return false;
}
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstNonPHI();
CopyPrecedingStopPoint(I, InsertPos);
I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
++NumSunkInst;
return true;
}
/// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding
/// all reachable code to the worklist.
///
/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
///
static bool AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB,
SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> &Visited,
InstCombiner &IC,
const TargetData *TD) {
bool MadeIRChange = false;
SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 256> Worklist;
Worklist.push_back(BB);
std::vector<Instruction*> InstrsForInstCombineWorklist;
InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.reserve(128);
SmallPtrSet<ConstantExpr*, 64> FoldedConstants;
while (!Worklist.empty()) {
BB = Worklist.back();
Worklist.pop_back();
// We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, ignore it.
if (!Visited.insert(BB)) continue;
for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) {
Instruction *Inst = BBI++;
// DCE instruction if trivially dead.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) {
++NumDeadInst;
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n');
Inst->eraseFromParent();
continue;
}
// ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
if (!Inst->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(Inst->getOperand(0)))
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst, TD)) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: "
<< *Inst << '\n');
Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C);
++NumConstProp;
Inst->eraseFromParent();
continue;
}
if (TD) {
// See if we can constant fold its operands.
for (User::op_iterator i = Inst->op_begin(), e = Inst->op_end();
i != e; ++i) {
ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i);
if (CE == 0) continue;
// If we already folded this constant, don't try again.
if (!FoldedConstants.insert(CE))
continue;
Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD);
if (NewC && NewC != CE) {
*i = NewC;
MadeIRChange = true;
}
}
}
InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.push_back(Inst);
}
// Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a
// constant, only visit the reachable successor.
TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator();
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) {
if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue();
BasicBlock *ReachableBB = BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal);
Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
continue;
}
} else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
// See if this is an explicit destination.
for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) {
BasicBlock *ReachableBB = SI->getSuccessor(i);
Worklist.push_back(ReachableBB);
continue;
}
// Otherwise it is the default destination.
Worklist.push_back(SI->getSuccessor(0));
continue;
}
}
for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
Worklist.push_back(TI->getSuccessor(i));
}
// Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist,
// add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top
// of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses
// of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding
// some N^2 behavior in pathological cases.
IC.Worklist.AddInitialGroup(&InstrsForInstCombineWorklist[0],
InstrsForInstCombineWorklist.size());
return MadeIRChange;
}
bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) {
MadeIRChange = false;
DEBUG(errs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
<< F.getNameStr() << "\n");
{
// Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with
// the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep
// track of which blocks we visit.
SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 64> Visited;
MadeIRChange |= AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, *this, TD);
// Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
// unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
// the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
// A debug intrinsic shouldn't force another iteration if we weren't
// going to do one without it.
if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) {
++NumDeadInst;
MadeIRChange = true;
}
// If I is not void type then replaceAllUsesWith undef.
// This allows ValueHandlers and custom metadata to adjust itself.
if (!I->getType()->isVoidTy())
I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
I->eraseFromParent();
}
}
}
while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) {
Instruction *I = Worklist.RemoveOne();
if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values.
// Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: DCE: " << *I << '\n');
EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
++NumDeadInst;
MadeIRChange = true;
continue;
}
// Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it.
if (!I->use_empty() && isa<Constant>(I->getOperand(0)))
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I, TD)) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I << '\n');
// Add operands to the worklist.
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
++NumConstProp;
EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
MadeIRChange = true;
continue;
}
// See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
if (I->hasOneUse()) {
BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back());
BasicBlock *UserParent;
// Get the block the use occurs in.
if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst))
UserParent = PN->getIncomingBlock(I->use_begin().getUse());
else
UserParent = UserInst->getParent();
if (UserParent != BB) {
bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
// See if the user is one of our successors.
for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
if (*SI == UserParent) {
UserIsSuccessor = true;
break;
}
// If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
// only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
// otherwise), we can keep going.
if (UserIsSuccessor && UserParent->getSinglePredecessor())
// Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
MadeIRChange |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
}
}
// Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it.
Builder->SetInsertPoint(I->getParent(), I);
#ifndef NDEBUG
std::string OrigI;
#endif
DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS); OrigI = SS.str(););
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n');
if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
++NumCombined;
// Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
if (Result != I) {
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n'
<< " New = " << *Result << '\n');
// Everything uses the new instruction now.
I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
// Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
Worklist.Add(Result);
Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
// Move the name to the new instruction first.
Result->takeName(I);
// Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
++InsertPos;
InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
} else {
#ifndef NDEBUG
DEBUG(errs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n'
<< " New = " << *I << '\n');
#endif
// If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
// if so, remove it.
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
EraseInstFromFunction(*I);
} else {
Worklist.Add(I);
Worklist.AddUsersToWorkList(*I);
}
}
MadeIRChange = true;
}
}
Worklist.Zap();
return MadeIRChange;
}
bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
MustPreserveLCSSA = mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID);
Context = &F.getContext();
TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
/// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
/// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
IRBuilder<true, TargetFolder, InstCombineIRInserter>
TheBuilder(F.getContext(), TargetFolder(TD),
InstCombineIRInserter(Worklist));
Builder = &TheBuilder;
bool EverMadeChange = false;
// Iterate while there is work to do.
unsigned Iteration = 0;
while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++))
EverMadeChange = true;
Builder = 0;
return EverMadeChange;
}
FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
return new InstCombiner();
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink